eS Sacer aie ere het eritycneiiceannoeenetioawannt eg | Se Ny he ne os See fran det dw J hire eer nnete ow is ane Pale S'S Baek ah tee aay aiinivtsfesdelscbetonenrienyarmee tpt Gute A ON Bh . * le inc mame sre’, ss - t ¢ P : “ ‘ oe aa “—y rast ty Se ee mde % : i $ : } . ~ E 9 ge UN a a el AL ple RABE Wa Ete hes « <n iaty Y ~ ‘ was A bread Cee CL ee WA a ihe pe + CAR oY — AS, if Maoh Oud Cakcaneed teats ene re p . b 3 y 5 ime Bh Pee Peas “ae -- OO ee ME a Gly LOM - ie ‘ ‘ Z - nt le Sa ae . a o a a <i : Lette & ® 2 bAL OS 2 Bend & iw S-' ~~ Siti aN e eure y-5 8 : r ‘ J ; A ok VO ee = Satter , ent : : ; ; autre > ete ee Ct aa hat heen ry 8 Mer Ny Wea Hd 2h he tacts ony fas h8 dM, atari UMN ORR Ti iath tains tebtevates het hbo ras beordemstcbuicebrtetel taketem Bt Femceanetedeten tegen eter Se Bake Sater mana hom name beta sn eteist beste bodel Ash Bede) oe hy a8 nat Sos eataen te bras bade pete ee toe Ma! Palin fy toe Oe tea i tig PUD aly eet mete Lananoob tera Sava Oe Dyas “ 2 a A Ab De rete. " he see Samer sige pgiaat ne DRONE x ane Seen eR BSC, SAMA hy Suh mhoRe Sip a Nte Hartt aty MR POEL M09 FOB Vey Mere heater tT: ia on a sehata tutes. be taeawavntny Rotinearenaserde seer Se enter ‘semntahon Rete riche eetcet eS. S eves KTR Ow Tate te amc ome ay eae - CU ors a erotwt artim © VASA beth ed tordeneibotn Cite Seat peice: SRT He eM em Roe teats. * Tig tits > Cate He Pekin Sa oes arhs Uae Be . i ots at pe s metre eee ge Sa Sea irae ahalebaees Grads Lr noe preted Ceo a Yeded ate, Pas wigevinte an echoes» font te Reece. : 9 rs ne earer Wadmtnaye Ged. mended a4 tech aifen 20M ao @haoeon te Paka wae eaotea eS Coax ici rene adel Cparteltieteloue phe i ana eeng ane te a TI carhostcomate NF e << Pete te telabweene ee ee ea a sean ea ao Ce ran tyma mati aboten tried Vain set nce tey aca we Pro alchetr lan Setio reat pe wee Ue ere sansa oe Carr errr kes re ee Ane te ee Se eet Oe ee et ee , nate eae ke Rian 8 Rate tly aM Gote Ty Sotivn bromtbeimmtdons At, tg! Re te Mate 9 Wer Mant ah POA oF twa mms = y Oe ree eee inter Te Bop NR hy Mey toto’ a Pa tome atest ohn te Mahan een GA ee ere We eee eh er a er ee we ee paw Wee vacate : , nae te Sette wail ESTAS IR mF A Mate Ra ab Bw wine ts mee Rath Bate. ee = Ser eae OP Ae ee pee a ST EOE BO Ce > iT a Ne ta vpecd al gerd Saneh a 9B Sune Cut Lp Ante tee te stot otaku ef pees Fonte tonatad ve trnie $40 emel bate tere ~ Ta tavirdetg Coty Bo tong tece eines : ‘ ei * parr : . ay meee Syria soon — i . : * ath A ROME Ate DE AR RT. alge arte es ee aatomgatut tea tntatehntetatnt atta a Reker “ + - . ° 7 x ! tee eee peek eee ere Chee ered pert ye we ee tare | Seen eee nag Detea a ai Ya Pai taba tate! ra aie ‘ RARE NR 4 Oage Patan y - “ SncthaFhatiesd MMA x Ooo mA ‘" wearer eres tes te me Ma hy ee a By Re Rae AD = atthe Afa Vin Rsv DiwPe Pare, Tal hte Netty Tin, Seapets Sem PMMA AN A Neg Berm OT. Sh lata rela a helenae rinenhrere ee eer eee PORTA ROMA Na tReti MS Me MaMa pte nT Nae ta Ny ET Tam Rt tata ha eat 2 : + twit ether eRe in Rede A nN Gythe ape tots AaAer en eee ee ee ha olf hate pte ate aa” alin g = Itt pate tae eens ester BeBe enc rh a 3? soothe RM aed regen Wal amet eta setae me het at athe Maine ae ee eS ’ See ea AMUN he Nitya analy mera een aah Pata Mestentntn Mah tana Pa ‘neem AS recA tanta teeta Tete none ni nna a an wo Me Rte MAI een an tate RAM Cin eh gt hie? Moe ernest eer ene te eet eee eae nee ae nig S\ Beta tae nh €oy Pann g ata tn fw os rater Latina nic Mekal? nick wees Sete Set Re ie Ba pli te emt Sah tame Pre THOMAS LINCULN <_ CASEY “ _ LIBRARY i Rees a) : : PEE SRS ish eit ee tee ES Se toner nnd 9 Oe et ‘ lace fj ee trey | hihi, Ps ie, i7 / y rs wh) a a 4 i ahi 7 : | Ly q A aye) . , } o f i ‘ i Ai eM ta ei Sev oe Au, ‘ i 4 iy , , «JOURNAL .. “~ THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES é PHILADELPHIA. VOL. III. SECOND SERIES. é PHILADELPHIA: PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY, BY MERRIHEW & THOMPSON. 1855—1858. é A i Be re ae Ay Died eh LP ee aad dali 7 ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. CONTENTS. ee eel Peet i MAY, 1855. I.—Notice of Producti found in the Western States and Territories, with descriptions of twelve New Species. By J. C. Norwood and Henry Pratten, of the Illinois Geological Survey,! . . : : F : : . : : II.—Notice of the genus Chonetes, as found in the Western States and Territories, with descriptions of eleven New Species. By Joseph G. Norwood and Henry Pratten, of the Illinois Geological Survey,’ 5 I1I.—Contributions to South American eee By Biward TIallowell, M. D., IV.—Plante Heermanniane. Descriptions of New Plants, collected in South California by Dr. A. L. Ueermann, Naturalist attached to the Survey of the Pucific Railroad route, under Lieut. R. S. Williamson, U. S. A. With remarks on other Plants heretofore described and belonging to the same collection. By EK. Durand and Theod. C Hilgard, M. D., V.—An account of several species of Fish observed in Florida, Georgia, &e. By John Edward Holbrook, M. D., Professor of Anatomy, &c., Charleston, S. C., 5 VI.—Researches on the Geiss Flora of the State of Georgia. By Prof. Julien Deby, VII.—Deseriptions of Ney Species of Birds of the Genus Spermestes, Swainson, in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Jubn Cassin, . PART It. DECEMBER, 13855. VIII.—Notice of Fossils from the Carbonifcrous Series of the Western States, belonging te the genera Spirifer, Bellerophon, Pleurotomaria, Macrocheilus, Natica, and Loxonema, with dcscriptions of eight new characteristic species. By Joseph G. Norwood and Henry Pratten, of the Illinois Geological Survey,* : : 5 : 1X.—Plantze Prattenianze Californicze : An enumeration of a colleetion of California Plants, made in the vicinity of Nevada, by [lenry Pratten, Esq., of New Harmony ; with critical notices and descriptions of such of them as are new, or yet unpublished in America. By Elias Durand,® . X.—Relation of Atomic Heat to Crystalline Form. By J. Aitken Meigs, M. D_,® . XI.—Contributions towards a knowledge of the Marine Invertebrate Fauna, of the Coas’s of Rhode Island and New Jersey. By Joseph Leidy, M. D.,’ . XII.—Descriptions of New Species of Psittacide, in the vallection of the eats of Nee raul Sciences of Philadelphia. By John Cassin,® ‘! Extra copies printed for the Author, . 5 a 5 : . August, 1854. ry “ “ 4 és 5 6 c : August, 1854. Sce “ “ “ 2 5 : 5 ; : November, 1854. 4 “ 66 « i é , . f July, 1855. 5 bs & “6 Ms : 6 a . : : August, 1855. 6 kt G “ “ October, 1855. dO « “ 6 é - 3 : : : November, 1855. 8 “ (T « “a " 2 x ‘ ' A November, 1855. 37 47 59 69 71 TE CONTENTS. PART tS ONSEN B ERs S516); . X111.—Deser'ptions of some remains of fishes from the Carboniferous and Devonian Forma- tions of the United States. By Joseph Leidy, M. D.,’ ART. XIV.—Description of some remains of extinct Mammalia. By Joseph Leidy, M. D.,? Jelavd hs ART. ART. ART. ART. ART. T. XV.—On the Sandstone Fossils of Connecticut River. By James Deane, M. D.,? T. XvI.—Plantaze Kaneane Greenlandicee. Enumeration of Plants collected by Dr. EH. K. Kane, U. 8. N., in his first and second expeditions to the Polar regions, with descriptions and remarks. By Elias Durand,’ : 0 : j XVII.—A Commentary on the Synopsis Fungorum in Americé Boreali media degentium, by L D. de Schweinitz. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M. A., F. L. S., and the Rev. M. A@urtiss Ep ACAD vANSs XVILI.—Synopsis of the Melolonthidze of the United eine By John L. Le Conte,° PAARL TV EE BRU AR YS Sos XIX.—Descriptions of Exotic Genera and species of the family Unionide. By Isaac Lea, LL. D ,’ 6 . XX.—Observations on a group of Crethdeons Fossil Shells, naa in Tippah counts Mies S with descriptions of fifty-six new species. By T. A. Conrad,° XXIJ.—On the Caducibranchiate Urodele Batrachians. By Edward Ballon M. ‘D, ? XXL.—On Trigonophrys rugiceps. By Edward Hallowell, M. D.,?° ' Extra copies printed for the Author, . ; : ; j : April, 1856. 2c rr « April, 1856. 3B tt « «6 « April, 1856. aE ok “ “ c May, 1856. Sic “i “ u July, 1856. November, 1856. January, 1858. January, 1858. > : 0 . 5 January, 1858. January, 1858, 159 166 173 179 205 225 JOURNAL OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. Art. I.—Notice of Producti found i the Western States and Territories, with descriptions of twelve New Species. By J. C. Norwoop and Henry Prarten, of the Illinois Geological Survey. The genus Productus, established by Mr. Sowerby, in 1814, being found so abun- dantly in the “mountain limestone,” of Europe, it was natural to suppose, that when this formation, which is so extensively developed in our Western and Southern States, came to be explored, it would yield many more species than it was known to furnish when M. de Koninck published his admirable monograph on the Producti, in 1847. This expectation has, in some degree, been realized; twelve new species being now added to the published catalogues of American and European paleontologists. The wide distribution of this formation in North America, occupying, as it does, extensive districts in the States of Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Iowa, Ten- nessee, Alabama, and Arkansas, together with Nebraska territory, as well as on the Humboldt river, in Utah, we may reasonably expect that the present list will be ereatly extended, especially when the State collections of Missouri, Ilinois and Ken- tucky come to be examined and collated. It is not, however, in the “mountain limestone” alone that the Producti are so widely distributed. ‘The marine limestones and calcareous clays of the coal measures are equally, if not still more, prolific in species of this genus. Many of the species in the following list are found, exclusively, in that formation; and, with a few species of other genera, are the most reliable indicators in the exploration of our Western coal fields. VOlen Tite 2 -- — eee 6 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. In the Devonian limestones we have met with only two species, both of which are also found in Europe. One of them, the P. Murchisonianus, it is certain, also belongs to the upper Silurian rocks of Indiana. Several of the species described were found by Mr. Pratten in the Western part of Missouri, and on the Nemahaw river, in Ne- braska, in a limestone, the age of which has not been yet determined. In the “Report on the Geology of Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota,” Dr. D. D. Owen mentions having found the P. marginalis. As we have not met with that species, it is not included in the present catalogue. He also indicates several new species from North-western localities, of which it is to be hoped he will before a publish descriptions. At the time M. de Koninck’s work was published, the whole number of species known was sixty-two. Dr. D. D. Owen added one from the U. 8. Survey. We have now added twelve, which makes the number of the species known, in all countries, up to the present time, seventy-five. It may also be seen, by consulting M. de Koninck’s work, that, at the time of publication (1847), the whole number of species known to occur in the United States and Territories amounted only to seven.. They now num- ber thirty, and the probability is, that future investigations will greatly extend the catalogue. For the beautiful and accurate drawings of the species now published, we are entirely indebted to Mr. H. A. Ulffers, of the Illinois State Survey. MOLLUSCA BRACHIOPODA. Genus Propuctus, Sowerby. Section I. PRODUCTI STRIATI. P. MARGARITACEUS, Phillips—De Koninck,—“ Monograph on the Genus Productus.” PIE, eS: Locality Twelve miles N. W. of Richmond, Missouri, in calcareous clay, over- lying thick beds of limestone. P. rLexistRIA, MeCoy.—De Koninck’s monograph. Pl. XVII, fig. 1. Localities and Geological Position.—Found in the mountain limestone of Chester, Kaskaskia and Mountain Bluff, Illinois, and near Stephensport, Kentucky. P. cor, A. d’Orbigny.—De Koninck, “On the Fossils of Belgium.” Pl. IV., fig. 4, and Pl. V., fig. 2. Localities and Geological Position.—In the mountain limestone of Chester, eeielere Warsaw, and other places in Illinois; near Richmond, Missouri; and at Carrsville, NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 7 Kentucky. This beautiful Productus is very widely distributed in the Western States. ; P. ALTONENSIS, nob.—PI. I., fig. 1, a, 0. ¢. Shell of a medium size, dorsal valve regularly vaulted and strongly curved on itself, very much inflated, geniculated, anterior part flattened. Beak swollen, and passing beyond the cardinal border. Surface covered with a great number of slender, filiform ribs, which frequently bifurcate, while occasional new ones are implanted between the old ones. This shell appears to have been rather irregular in its growth, for, while some specimens are slightly transverse, others are a little longer than broad. The sides are flattened, so as to fall almost perpendicularly on the ears, which are small, and crossed by several undulating folds, as in the P. cora; they are, however, sharper and more numerous than in that species. Two or three ranges of small tubercles are placed on these folds. Some of the specimens show that there have been ranges of tubes across the anterior portion of the shell, somewhat similar to those on occasional specimens of the P. Flemingii. In addition to these, a few tubes are scattered over the remainder of the surface. The ventral valve is very regularly concave on the visceral portion, but becomes more abruptly bent as it approaches the other valve, so as to follow it in its anterior prolongment, which is, however, short. Its ribs are like those of the dorsal valve ; the ears have a few folds, with slender tubercles, like those of the dorsal valve. The visceral part is also crossed by several folds, which become very indistinct as they approach the centre of the shell. Dimensions.—Length, 25 millimetres; thickness, 9 millimetres. At the distance of 20 millimetres from the beak, the ribs number 18 in the space of 10 millimetres. Comparisons and Differences—This shell approaches more nearly to the P. cora, in its general appearance, than any other species of the genus we have met with. It may, however, be easily distinguished from that species by the greater regularity of its ribs, which are not bent and contorted, as they are in the P. cora; by the size of the ribs, which are larger in the P. Altonensis ; and by the greater number of small tubercles with which its surface, especially the anterior part, is furnished. It is still more distinctly marked by the lines of increment which cross the ribs on their ante- rior prolongment, and give to that portion of the shell a reticulated appearance, par- ticularly when seen through a lens. This characteristic is never met with in the P. cora. From the P. Flemingii it may be easily distinguished by the absence of a sinus, and by the non-reticulation of the visceral portion. It cannot be con- founded with any other known species than those above mentioned. Locality and Geological Position—Alton, Illinois, in the upper portion of the moun- tain limestone series. 8 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. Explanation of the figures.—Pl. I, fig. 1, a. Specimen showing the dorsal aspect of an adult individual. Tllinois State Collection. Fig. 1, 6. Another specimen, showing the ventral valve, without the anterior prolongment. Fig. 1, ¢. The same seen in profile. P. Paiturpsi, nob. PI. I., fig. 2, a, 8, ¢. Shell rather small, nearly as long as broad, dorsal valve slightly gibbous, its ante- rior part flattened, with a wide shallow sinus on old specimens, while young ones do not show it. The beak, although slightly enrolled on itself, does not pass the cardinal border. The ears are small, flattened and smooth, showing no trace of either folds or tubes. The surface is covered with coarse, irregularly sized ribs, which are gene- rally broader than the furrows separating them. Many of the ribs are bifurcated. The cardinal line measures four-fifths of the greatest breadth of the shell. The sides fall perpendicularly on the ears. The only traces of tubes are a few indistinct ones on the flanks. Ventral valve concave, with a very slight varix. The visceral disk has ribs similar to those on the other valve; beyond the disk they are obliterated, the surface being covered with nine or ten broad lamella, the edges of which are turned sharply upward, presenting acute wavy ridges, which are continued on to the cardinal border on each side. Dimensions.—Length, 19 millimetres. Proportions—Length 100, breadth 100, thickness .047. Ribs.—Near the anterior border there are from eight to ten in the space of ten mil- limetres, and number, altogether, about twenty-eight. Comparisons and Differences—By the coarse irregular ribs of the dorsal valve, by the visceral portion of the ventral valve possessing ribs, together with the broad, ridged lamellee around it, this species may be easily distinguished from any other. It does not appear to have possessed an anterior prolongment, as its present front is without one, and is bounded by a sharp margin. Geological Position and Locality— Mr. Pratten found this in Utah Territory, at the “ Big Caiion” of Humboldt river. It occurs in the mountain limestone, associated with P. semireticulatus of Martin, and the Spirifer tricornis of de Koninck. + Explanations of the Figures —Pl. I, fig. % a. View of the dorsal valve. Mr. Pratten’s collection. Fig. 2,6. Same, showing the ventral valve. Fig. 2, ¢. Profile view of the same specimen. Dedicated to Prof. John Phillips, whose admirable works on geology and paleon- tology have contributed so much toward the advancement of those sciences, in both hemispheres. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 9) Section II. PRODUCTI UNDATI. P. unpirEeRvs, de Koninck.—“ Fossils of Belgium.” PI. V., fig. 4, and Pl. XL, fig. 5. Geological Position and Localities—In Belgium this shell belongs to the mountain limestone series, while in this country we have found it only in the coal measures, and as yet at only three localities, Caseyville, Illinois, and two places in Posey county, Indiana. At Caseyville it occurs in a thick bed of limestone, overlying the five foot seam of coal. [Illinois State Collection. P. Rocrrsi.—nob. Pl. L., fig. 3, a, 0, c. Shell of medium size; slightly transverse; dorsal valve very high and strongly enrolled on itself; cardinal border equal to about four fifths of its greatest transverse diameter; beak rather large, and passing beyond the cardinal border; ears but little distinct from the dorsal vault. ‘The anterior part is flattened, and possesses a slight sinus. The surface is covered with ribs, of which twelve may be counted in the space of ten millimetres, at the distance of ten millimetres from the beak. It is also covered in its whole extent with transverse folds. Those nearest the beak are rather small, but, after passing the visceral disk they rapidly increase in size to near the middle of the shell, after which they again decrease in size to the margin. The whole anterior portion of the shell seems to have been pretty thickly covered with tubercles, especially between the transverse bands, while a few were distributed over the remainder of the surface. On the middle part of the shell there are only — transverse bands in the space of ten millimetres. Dimensions.—Length, 21 millimetres; breadth, 24 millimetres. Comparisons and Differences.— Although we have only one specimen of this species, and from this one the shell is abraded over the greater portion of its surface, still its form and characteristics are so distinct that it cannot be confounded with any other. The P. undatus comes nearest to it, but our species differs from the undatus in having larger ribs, and flattened transverse bands, while the bands of the wndatus are sharp. The P. Rogersii is further distinguished by having its anterior prolongment covered with tubercles, some of which, judging from a few remaining fragments, must have been of considerable length. Ventral valve unknown. Geological Position and Locality—This specimen was found by Mr. Pratten in the coal measures, near Huntsville, Missouri. It occurs in a bed of ferruginous limestone overlying a stratum of bituminous shale. Explanation of the Figures—Pl. I., fig. 8, a. View of the dorsal valve. H. Pratten’s collection. Fig. 3,6, View of the beak, showing at the same time the depth of the sinus. Fig, 3, c. The same specimen shown in profile. B 10 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. This species is dedicated to our friend, Prof. Henry D. Rogers, as a slight testimony of our high appreciation of his labors in American geology. Section III. PRODUCTI PROBOSCIDEI. Propuctus cLAvuS, nob.—PIl. I., fig. 4, a, 6, ¢. This very singular shell is the only one of the class we have met with, and it is in so imperfect a state of preservation that for some time we hesitated about including it in the present notice. Like its Kuropean congeners, however, it is so rare, and so remarkable in form, that we have concluded to figure it, and give such a description as the mutilated specimen before us will admit of, in the hope of being able to furnish a more complete one when we shall be so fortunate as to secure more perfect speci- mens. This species is small, longer than broad, the dorsal valve is divided into two very distinctly marked parts, distinguished especially by the direction of the bands and ribs. The visceral portion is slightly arched, and covered with well defined trans- verse bands, separated by somewhat deep furrows, the furrows being ornamented by delicate strize, having the same direction as the bands. The bands are about twenty in number, and appear to reach, all of them, up to the cardinal border on both sides. They are narrower towards the beak, and increase in width, although not regularly, as they approach the front, some of them being more prominent than others. The beak is small; pointed; shows no evidence of a median sinus; and appears to pass little, if any, beyond the cardinal border. The prolongment is cylindrical, and slightly contracted at its junction with the visceral portion ; straight, and in the direction of the axis of the shell. It is covered with broad, regular ribs, numbering about twenty in the space of ten millimetres. The ribs of the prolongment can be traced on to the last fold of the visceral part, giving it a reticulated appearance. Whether the prolongment was closed all round, as in the P. proboscideus, or open on the ventral side, as in the P. genuinus, cannot be decided from the imperfect specimen before us. Dimensions.—Length of the visceral part, 11 millimetres; breadth the same. Diameter of the prolongment, 7 millimetres; length of the part preserved equal to that of the visceral portion. Comparisons and Differences.—It differs from the P. proboscideus of Mr. de Verneuil with which alone it can be confounded, in the longitudinal ribs not extending over the visceral portion, and in the prolongment not showing the numerous and well- marked transverse folds of that species. The longitudinal ribs of the proboscideus are also much finer, numbering about fifty in the space of ten millimetres at the anterior border of the visceral part. Our species shows no trace of a sinus. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 11 Geological Position and Locality—This specimen was found by Mr. H. A. Ulffers, among the debris from rocks collected at Grayville, Illinois, where it occurs in the upper part of the coal measures. Explanation of the Figures —Pl. I, fig. 4, a. View of the dorsal valve, with so much of the prolongment as is preserved. fig. 4, 6. The beak. Fig. 4, «. View of the transverse bands of the visceral part, magnified four times. Collection of H. A. Ulffers. Section IV. PRODUCTI SEMIRETICULATI. P. Botrviensis, A. d@ Orbigny. De Koninck “On the Genus Productus,” Pl. VIII., fig. 2. Geological Position and Locality—Found twelve miles North-West of Richmond, Missouri, ii limestone, where it is associated with fossils belonging to the coal measures. H. Pratten’s collection. P. semrreticuLatus, Martin sp—De Koninck’s Monograph, Pl. VIII, fig. 1, pl. x fe. Land pl. Xe, fie. 1. Geological Position and Locality—This species is very generally distributed in the mountain limestone of the Western States. Illinois State Collection. P. carzonarius, de Kon.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” PI. V., fig. 4. Geological Position and Locality.—This species is very common at Fountain Bluff, Illinois, in the mountain limestone. Illinois State Collection. P. cosratus, Sowerby.—De Koninck’s Monograph. PI. VIIL., fig. 3, pl. X., fig. 3, and pl. XVIIL., fig. 3. Geologieal Position and Locality.—This fossil, although belonging to the mountain limestone of Europe, is, in the Western States, a characteristic fossil of the coal measures. It occurs in limestone at Caseyville and Belleville, Hlinois, and at Char- boniere, St. Louis county, Missouri. P. Freminen, de Kon-—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Pl. X., figs. 2 and 3. Geological Position and Locality.—This fossil occurs in the mountain limestone of Hardin county, Illinois; Leavenworth, Indiana, and Burlington, Iowa. P. SPLENDENS, 70b.—P1. I, fig. 5, a, 3, ¢, d. Shell small, transverse, the cardinal edge being the widest part ; somewhat inflated ; but with its visceral and anterior parts rather flattened. Ears very much extended, each bearing, generally, two thick tubes, and are a little enrolled. The surface is 12 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. — furnished with about thirty tolerably thick ribs. It is difficult to count them, how- ever, in consequence of the shell, which is very thick, being formed of several layers, which exfoliate easily. The beak is small, hardly passing the cardinal border. The visceral part is reticulated by wide, shallow, concentric folds. The dorsal valve is divided by a deep sinus. There are, generally, from six to eight thick tubes seattered over the surface, three or four of which range across the shell in a tolerably straight line, about half way between the visceral portion and the front line of the ventral valve. Ventral valve concave; ribs like those of the other valve, broad and but little raised, while the shallowness of the furrows which separate them rendersit as difficult to number them as those of the opposite valve. The visceral part is crossed by irregular concentric lines. Although the ventral valve is concave over most of its extent, yet, a little before it reaches the opposite one, it suddenly flattens, presenting the appearance of a flat band, which passes around its anterior and lateral borders, This band is a little over one millimetre in width, and is divided from the concavity of the shell by a slightly raised ridge on its interior border. On the visceral portion of the interior of the dorsal valve there is a strong middle projection, on each side of which are the hepatic apophyses, deeply hollowed out in the substance of the shell ; they are triangular, with their anterior part very much ramified. The remainder of the fossil is covered with granular points, which leave corresponding hollows on the internal mould when the shell is taken off. Dimensions.—Length, 18 millimetres; width, measured along the cardinal border, 26 millimetres. The angle formed between the lateral and cardinal borders is 62°. The whole number of ribs is thirty-two. Comparisons and Differences—This species approaches, in many respects, to the P. expansus of De Koninck. It may be easily distinguished from that species, how- ever, by the following characters: the ears of the splendens are rounded, while, according to de Koninck, those of the ezpansus are flattened,—it has several thick tubes on the anterior prolongment, the ezpansus has none,—it has a very thick shell, while that of the ezpansus is thin. When a detached ventral valve can be obtained, the flat border around it will at once distinguish the splendens. Geological Position and Locahties—This beautiful species occurs at Galatia, Illinois, in the coal measures; six miles West of Richmond, Missouri, and near Big Creek, Posey county, Indiana, in a black limestone belonging to the coal measures. Explanation of the Figures. Pl. I. fig. 5, a—View of the dorsal valve of an adult individual. Fig. 5, b.—View of the ventral valve of another specimen, showing the flat band around the margin. Fig. 5, c-—Profile view of a. Fig. 5, d.—Same, showing a longitudinal section. Illinois State Collection. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 1 ‘P. WABASHENSIS, 70b.—PI. L., fig. 6, a, 0, ¢, d. Shell small, transverse ; dorsal valve gibbous, enrolled on itself; beak small, pointed, and not passing the cardinal border. This valve is divided in its middle by a wide, ‘deep sinus. The surface is covered by about forty ribs, some of which, however, after leaving the visceral part, unite, so as to form by their junction one thicker rib; but this character is not constant, as some specimens possess it while others do not. The ears are thin and enrolled; no tubes have yet been discovered on them. The car- dinal border is of about the same breadth as the greatest transverse diameter of the shell. On the surface of the shell itself there are, generally, from six to eight tubes, very thick and long for the size of the shell, one, still attached, being over seven millimetres long. The transverse folds on the visceral disk are wide and shallow, so as to be hardly apparent. The ventral valve is very concave, following nearly the movement of the opposite valve; ribs like those of the dorsal, but it has neither tubes nor hollows. It is furnished with a very decided varix, corresponding to the sinus of the dorsal valve. Dimensions.—Length, 13 millimetres; breadth, 16 mm.; thickness, 6 mm. Ribs.—Forty on the entire surface. Comparisons and Differences—When this shell is entirely disengaged from the rock, it cannot be mistaken for any other species; but when the dorsal valve only is exposed, it may be confounded with the P. splendens ; but even then it may be easily recognized by its much shorter cardinal border. If the specimen has lost its shell, the ribs are still shown on the mould in this species, with a series of rounded hollows along each furrow, between the ribs, while in the splendens the hollows are irregularly distributed over the entire surface of the mould, without any appearance of ribs being shown. The nacre of the shell is still very brilliant. Geological Position and Locality—As yet this species has only been found near New Harmony, Indiana, in the middle part of the Coal Measures. Explanation of the figures.—Pl. I, fig. 6, a. Dorsal aspect of the shell. Fig. 6, 6. Ventral view of the same, showing the hinge-line and the beak. Fig. 6, c. The same, as seen in profile. Fig. 6, d. Another specimen, showing one of the long spines. H. Pratten’s collection. P. ELEGANS, nob. PI. L., fig. 7, a, 0, ¢. Shell small; gibbous; longer than broad; dorsal valve curved, and without a sinus ; beak inflated, and passing beyond the cardinal border. Cardinal line shorter than the greatest breadth of the shell. ars small, and covered with a great number of small, slender tubercles. ‘The surface of the shell is covered with rather large rounded ribs, which regularly increase in size from the beak to the front in most specimens, while 4 14 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. on others they are found bifurcating, or with new ribs implanted between the old ores. On the flanks of the shell the ribs are nearly obliterated, but a great number of small spines are seen. A few small spines are, also, scattered over the remainder of the surface. The visceral part is crossed by irregular folds, not so decided as the ribs, but sufficiently well marked to give it a reticulated appearance. The remainder of the surface is covered with fine undulating lines of growth. When the shell is removed, a broad irregular furrow is seen passing round from the front to the ears on each side, and separating the upper portion of the dorsal valve from its anterior pro- longment. Ventral valve very concave ; ribs like those on the dorsal valve, and crossed on the visceral part by shallow concentric folds, a little better marked than those on the opposite valve. ‘The visceral portion is distinctly limited by a large imbricated fold. The ears and flanks are covered with tubercles, similar to those of the other valve. Dimensions.—Length, 20 millimetres. Proportions.—Length, 1.00; breadth, 0.75; thickness, 0.30. Ribs.—On the margin of the transverse furrow, twelve may be counted in the space of ten millimetres. Comparisons and Differences.—This species resembles somewhat the P. fleaistria, but may be distinguished from it by the visceral disk being reticulated, and by the great number of small tubercles with which the surface, especially the flanks, are garnished. Geological Position and Localities. This species occurs abundantly in the Mountain limestone at Chester, and at Kaskaskia, Illinois, and in Missouri, near Hat Island. Explanation of the Figures.—P1. I., fig. 7, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 7, 6. View of the ventral valve. Fig. 7,¢. Profile view of the same. Illinois State Collection. P. muRICATUS, (not of de Koninck or Phillips), nob. PI. I., fig. 8, a, b, c. d, e. Shell small; transverse; dorsal valve tolerably regularly vaulted; surface covered with ribs which are rather thick in comparison with the size of the shell. Cardinal border nearly as long as the greatest width of the shell. ars thin and flattened, with six tubes on each. Beak small; not passing the cardinal border. ‘The whole surface is irregularly covered with spines, which project at right angles from the surface of the shell. Visceral disk somewhat flattened and reticulated, the transverse folds being more decided than the ribs themselves, which gives to that portion of the fossil a rugose appearance. Ventral valve concave; its ribs are mostly obliterated by the concentric folds on the visceral portion, beyond which, however, they appear like those on the dorsal valve. On the interior it has a bifid tooth, supported by a median ridge, which NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 15 extends inwards to the centre of the valve. On each side of this are the hepatic apophyses, small and triangular; by the sides of these are two depressions, and pro- jecting forwards and laterally from these are two large callosities, bounded, anteriorly, by a prominent ridge. On the anterior portion of the visceral disk are several long, obtuse points, inclining forwards, posterior to which the surface is covered by other shorter ones. In front, and along the sides of the visceral disk, are a great number of points imbedded in the shell and looking forwards, but few of which rise above its surface. From near the extremity of the tooth, at a short distance from the cardinal border, proceeds, on each side, a strong and rather sharp ridge, running towards the lateral angles of the shell, but increasing its distance from it as it recedes from the tooth. Just before reaching the lateral edges it changes its direction, bends around with them, and becomes lost, being absorbed by the shell. This ridge, with the front of the shell, presents an oval outline. Dimensions.—Length, 14 millimetres; breadth, 19 mil. Proportions.—Length, 100; breadth, 135; thickness, 0.42. Ribs.—The whole number is from 22 to 24. Comparisons and Differences—By the small number of ribs, the rugose appearance of the visceral disk, and the great number of slender spines, with which its entire surface is garnished, this Productus may be easily distinguished from any other known species. Geological Position and Locahties.—This fossil belongs to the coal measures, and is found in the calcareous clays of that formation. It occurs at Fish-hook creek, Pike county, Illinois, and six miles north-west of Richmond, Missouri. Explanation of the Figures—P\. I., fig. 8, a. View of the dorsal valve of an adult individual. Fig. 8, 6. Ventral aspect of the same. Fig. 8, c. The same shown in profile. Fig. 8, d. View of the interior of the ventral valve, showing the tooth, the median ridge, ‘the hepatic apophyses, the callosities, and the lateral ridges. Fig. 8, e. View of the interior of the dorsal valve. Illinois State Collection. P. PortLocK1anus, nob.—Pl. I., fig. 9, a, b, c. Shell of a medium size; transverse; dorsal valve gibbous, much enrolled on itself, and divided by a wide deep sinus, originating at a short distance from the beak, and extending to the anterior border. Beak thick and short, not passing the cardinal border. Cardinal border longer than the transverse diameter of the shell. Ears rather long, rounded; follow, in a great degree, the vaulting of the dorsal valve; covered with thick transverse folds; two or three tubes on each. Visceral disk large ; a little flattened; crossed by very decided transverse folds, twice as large as the ribs 16 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. which they decussate. Surface covered with large ribs, some of which bifurcate near the visceral part; on the anterior portion they unite, two, three, and sometimes four, uniting to form a broad flat surface; but after proceeding in this manner for a short distance, they again separate. On these flat surfaces the striee of growth are well marked. A few thick tubercles are scattered over the surface. Ventral valve un- known. Dimensions.—Length, 24 millimetres. Proportions.—Length, 1.00; breadth, 1.25. Ribs.—On the anterior part, where the ribs are joined together, there are only five in the space of ten millimetres; after they divide again there are ten in the same space. On the visceral disk there are twelve in the same interval, crossed by six of the transverse folds. Comparisons and Differences.—This species approaches very nearly to the P. costatus, but differs from it in several important particulars. The ears of the costatus are sharply detached from the sides of the shell, while in the P. Portlockianus the sides slope gradually down to the cardinal border, and follow in their contour the vault of the dorsal valve. The cardinal border is also longer in our species; and the angle formed by that portion of the shell and the lateral edges is only 85°, while in the costatus it is 100°. It also differs in its ribs, none of which project beyond the others, as they do in that species, but are all flattened alike on the anterior portion. The transverse folds on the visceral portion are also broader than they are in the costatus. Again, the sinus of the Portlockianus is much deeper and narrower than that of the costatus. There is only one other species with which it could be con- founded, the P. Boliviensts ; but it may be at once distinguished from that fossil by the shape of its ears, which are, in the Boliviensis, more abruptly separated from the sides than in any other known species of the genus; and by its beak passing far over the cardinal border, while in the Portlockianus it scarcely overlooks it. Geological Position and Localities.—We have only met with two specimens of this species; one at Grayville, White county, Illinois, and the other at Charboniere, St. Louis county, Missouri. They both occur in the coal measures. Explanation of the Figures.—PIl. I1., fig. 9, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 9, 6. View of the beak, with all the reticulated portion of the dorsal valve, with the exception of three transverse folds. Fig. 9, c. Profile view of the same. [Illinois State Collection. We ‘dedicate this species to Col. J. E. Portlock, of the Geological branch of the Ordnance Survey of Ireland, who has done so much to elucidate the geology and paleontology of that country. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. | 17 Section V. PRODUCTI SPINOSI. P. Vinurerst, A. @ Orbigny.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Pl. XI, fics VL. Locality —Keg Creek, Missouri. Illinois State Collection. P. scasricuus, Martin sp.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Plate XI., fig. 6. | Geological Position and Locality—This fossil is found generally distributed in the limestones of the coal measures. It is also met with in the mountain limestone at Paris, Missouri. Illinois State Collection. P. PRaTTENIANUS, nob.—PI. L., fig. 10, a, 6, ¢, d. Shell of medium size, transverse. When placed on its ventral valve, presents a rectangular form. Cardinal line equal to the greatest breadth of the shell. The ears are much extended, and garnished with a double row of tubes, very large in propor- tion to the size of the shell; those nearest the cardinal border being directed back- wards, and projecting far beyond the edge, while those in the second rank point 1m- mediately upwards. The ears are covered with large folds. On the visceral portion a few irregular undulations occur, none of which traverse it entirely. Dorsal valve tolerably regularly arched; its anterior part flattened, sometimes depressed in the middle, and then showing a wide, shallow sinus. The sides slope very gradually down to the ears. The beak is small, rather pointed, and passes the cardinal border. The surface is covered with a great number of longitudinal ribs, regular in form, and increasing by the implantation of new ones. From twenty to thirty tubes are scattered over the surface; the remains of which show them to have been very long in proportion to the size of the shell. They all project from the shell at nearly right . angles to their attachment, but, after proceeding a short distance, bend downwards. The anterior prolongment is broken off on every specimen in our possession, with the exception of a small fragment on the flank of one. This fragment passes about ten millimetres beyond the visceral disk of the ventral valve. Ventral valve concave, the visceral disk being divided from the ears by a very large fold, with a deep hollow between this fold and the cardinal border. On this valve there are neither tubercles nor hollows; its ribs are like those of the dorsal valve. Outside of the visceral disk the shell is traversed by three or four wide imbricated folds. On the interior of the ventral valve there is a small bifid tooth, with a rounded hollow at its base, from which projects a very slender ridge, which crosses about one third of the valve. Dimensions.—Length, 20 millimetres. Comparison.—Length, 100; breadth, 130; thickness, 0.35. 5 18 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. Ribs.—At the distance of ten millimetres from the beak there are eighteen in -the space of ten millimetres. Relations and Differences.—This shell may be readily distinguished from the P. Villiersi, to which it bears resemblance, by its visceral part being less enrolled ; in having a more depressed form; in the great extent of its ears; in its beak being smaller and more pointed; and in its tubes projecting more directly out from the shell, instead of proceeding downwards in their attachment, as they do in the P. Villierst. Geological Position and Locality—This species is supposed to belong to the coal measures; it is not, however, absolutely determined. It was obtained by Mr. H. Pratten at the crossing of the Big Nemahaw river, about 85 miles a little North of West from St. Joseph, Missouri. Explanation of the figures.—Pl. L., fig. 10, a. View of the dorsal valve of an adult individual. Fig. 10, 6. Same, showing the ventral valve. Fig. 10, c. The same, seen in profile. Fig. 10, d. Another specimen, showing the comparative length of the tubes. H. Pratten’s collection. Note.—It affords me great pleasure to be able to dedicate this new and beautiful species to my friend and fellow laborer, Mr. H. Pratten; to whose quiet but fruitful labors, for many years, several branches of science, besides geology, are largely indebted. J.G.N. P. HILpRETHIANUS, nob.—PI. L., fig. 11, a, 6, e. Shell of medium size; depressed; transverse; subtriangular. Surface covered with moderately-sized, rounded ribs, the furrows between which are wider than the ribs themselves. The ribs are increased both by bifurcation and the implantation of new ones. The front is flattened, with a very wide but shallow sinus. Beak small, - pointed, passing beyond the cardinal border, which appears to have been short; in the only specimen found, however, the cardinal border is unfortunately broken off, on both sides, at about six millimetres from the beak, so that we have little of the ears remaining. The sides fall almost perpendicularly on to the ears. The ears and flanks are covered with a great number of small, slender tubercles. The whole sur- face of the shell appears to have been covered with tubercles, which have fallen off, in the specimen before us, leaving scarcely a mark of their place of attachment. We infer, from this, that they fell off during the life of the animal, as it is difficult to see the cicatrices without the aid of a good lens. There are no concentric folds; but the entire surface is covered with fine undulating strize of growth. Anterior prolongment, if any, unknown. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 19 On the ventral valve, the ribs appear to radiate from the beak. In the first part of their course they frequently bifurcate ; afterwards few of them do so. ‘They go on, however, regularly increasing in size, down to the margin; and are covered with a great number of elongated tubes, lying closely down on the shell. This valve is a little concave, with a slightly raised varix opposite the sinus of the dorsal valve. Dimensions.—Length, 28 millimetres. Comparison.—Length, 100; breadth, 111; thickness, 0.40. Ribs.—At twenty millimetres from the beak there are ten in the space of ten mil- limetres. Comparison and Differences—We know of no Productus that can be confounded with this species. Its flattened and triangular form, the greatest breadth being near the front margin, from which it regularly decreases to the beak, as well as the great number of spines on the ventral valve, will at once distinguish it from all others. Geological Position and Locality.—It occurs in nodules of black limestone, imbedded in a coal seam, at Charboniere, Missouri. Explanation of the figures.—Pl. I., fig. 11, a. Dorsal aspect. Fig. 11, 6. View of the ventral valve. Fig. 11, ¢. Profile view of the same specimen. H. Pratten’s collection. This species we dedicate to Dr. 8. P. Hildreth, of Marietta, Ohio, one of the oldest pioneers of geological science in the Western States. Section VI. PRODUCTI FIMBRIATI. P. LEUCHTENBERGENSIS, de Koninck.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” PI. XIV., fig. 5. Geological Position and Locality—In the mountain limestone at Mason’s Landing Jersey county, Illinois. Tlinois State Collection. P. punctatus, Martin sp—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Pl. XIL, fan 2: Geological Position and Locality.—W arsaw, Illinois, in mountain limestone ; twelve miles North West of Richmond, Missouri; near Caseyville, [linois, in the coal measures. ‘This is a very common fossil in the Western States. Illinois State Col- lection. P. Fimpriatus, Sowerby.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Pl. XII, fig. 3. Geological Position and Locality—Near Alton, Illinois, in the mountain limestone ; and at Big Creek, Posey county, Indiana, in the coal measures. Illinois State Col- lection. 20 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. P. BucutAnus, de Koninck.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Pl. XVIIL., fig. 4. Geological Position and Locality.—Found in the black limestone of the coal measures, at Big Creek, Posey county, Indiana. H. Pratten’s collection. P. ALTERNATUS, nob. P). IL, fig. 1, a, 6, ¢, d, e. Shell of medium size; length and breadth about the same. In young specimens the dorsal valve is tolerably regularly arched, but is flattened on its anterior part, without showing, however, any anterior prolongment; when old, it has a decided anterior prolongment, proceeding at right angles from the visceral portion. The old specimens have, also, a wide but shallow sinus. The surface is covered with wide, flattened, transverse bands, placed one above the other, like tiles on a roof. These bands are covered with spines, of which every eighth one reaches from the lower edge of the band above to the lower edge of its own band. Midway between these are other spines, which only reach half way up the band; and, between these again, are others, which are only half the length of those last mentioned ; and, finally, between the latter come out small tubes or. points, which are planted immediately on the lower edge of the band. Some of these tubes are from five to eight millimetres in length, and project downwards close tothe shell, forming a fringe around the lower edge of each band. Beak small and passing beyond the cardinal border. Lars small and a little enrolled. Ventral valve almost unknown. We have only one specimen which shows any portion of it, and that exhibits only a fraction of the internal surface. It is never- theless, sufficient to show that this valve possessed bands like those of the dorsal valve, that it followed all its movements, and that its visceral disk approached very near to that of the other valve, there not being a distance of four millimetres between them. Its internal surface is pitted with small hollows, corresponding to the tubes of the dorsal valve. Dimensions.—Length, 28 millimetres. Comparison.—lLength, 100; breadth, 100; thickness, 0.14. Bands.—On an old specimen the whole number of bands are fifteen. At ten mil- limetres from the beak there are three bands in the space of ten millimetres. Comparisons and Differences—This shell differs from the P. punctatus in being smaller : in its broader and more regular bands; in the arrangement of the spines on the bands; in its flattened anterior prolongment; and, especially, by the close approximation of the two valves. Geological Position and Locality.—Found in the mountain limestone, at Rocky run, Hancock county, Illinois. Rare. Explanation of the Figures.— Pl. IL., fig. 1, a. View of the dorsal valve, showing the transverse folds and striae. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON PRODUCTI. 21 fig. 1, 6. Profile view of an older specimen. fig. 1, c. Same, showing the relations of the two valves. Fig. 1, d. A young individual of the same species. Fig. 1, e. Magnified view of the spines and tubercles on an adult specimen, to show their arrangement. Illinois State Collection. Section VII. PRODUCTI CAPERATI. P. Murcursontranus, de Koninck.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” PI. XVI, fig.. 3. Geological Position and Localities—Devonian limestones of the Devil’s Back Bone, Illinois ; and upper Silurian beds of Madison, Indiana. Tlinois State Collection. P. suBACULEATUS, Murchison.—De Koninck “On the Genus Productus.” Pl. XVI, fig. 4._ Geological Position and Localities.—Devil’s Back Bone, Illinois; Graham Creek and Lewis Creek, Indiana, in Devonian limestone. Illinois State Collection. P. Neprascensis, D. D. Owen.— Report of a Geological Survey of Minnesota,” etc. Tab. V., fig. 3, p. 584. | Locality.—Crossing of the Big Nemahaw, Nebraska Territory. H. Pratten’s col- lection. P. GranuLosus, Phillips—*“ Geology of Yorkshire,” vol. ii, p. 216. Pl. VIIL., fig. 15; and de Koninck’s “ Monograph ” on the genus, p. 135, pl. XVL, fig. 7, a, 6, ¢. We have received this shell from Mr. Worthen, who found it at Nauvoo, Illinois, and from Jas. Husbands, who found it at Carrsville, Kentucky. It occurs at both localities in the mountain limestone. At Nauvoo, in the middle portion of the series; at Carrsville in the upper part. 6 ‘puelsuy ‘eourrg ‘Auewmiey ‘unisjeg * *eI[eljsny ‘eissny ‘“purpouq ‘Aurwiiey ‘uintsjeg if "eissny] “wnIsyeg “estA| |* Spuejeay ‘Aueuexy ‘“puelsuq ‘uinisjeg|* |* | ‘uredg ‘puryesy Spur[sug ‘erssny ‘umisjeg|* |* ‘ulntsjeg ‘asta; |* | | *erssnyy | ‘puelsug ‘“puejery ‘eure ‘Suinisjeg* |* “eIAT[Og| | * "BrAljog Serssnyy] ‘purjaiy ‘purysum ‘Aueuiiax) ‘uuntsjog|* |* "purely ‘purlsuq ‘eissny « *eIssny SuINTS[aq)|* ‘eleysny ‘eoieuly yynog ‘uledg ‘pur -al] ‘puelsuy ‘eissny ‘Aueusey SuInIS[eg|* |* geissny SeIATjog| = |* “WInIS[Og|* |* "erAT[og | Suiedg ‘etssny ‘purely ‘puejsug ‘umislog)+ |* *‘Te1Q Spurjesy Suinisjeg * ‘alIYSyIOX “purlaty Sunisjeq|* |« na SS Se SP lisei¢/s Stl) Qe || 5") Bu] © io) Shoe © | ys) ° im |dl 6 i Is (o>) D> & | Se <———_ — *RISSNYY "Soll junoy mo | | : | SIMOT “YoorQ s.wieyriyg “PURIpUT ‘3[9010 fSIOUl]]] ‘ouog org s.j1aeqg z * -RuRIpuy ‘UOSIpeyT SSIOUTT]] “euog xorg s,j1Aeq SLOT ETRE yoooury Suny Ayoo0xy *puy ‘00 Aescd *puy ‘00 Aasog ‘stout ] ‘uoj,y “OJ SaletuogieyyD Spuowmyorny JO“ “N SeTiul ST ! eMoy ‘ynyoey Suojsulping §*]]] ‘‘oo odog ‘mesiz py ‘1ejsayO : : : ‘ ° <1] S00 Aosior ‘Sulpuey s,uoseyy ° ° . e e *eSBIGON “1OATI MLYPWANT SIG § VysviqoN] ‘IOATI 1anossipT ONAS|]og *IINOSSIPT ‘A1aTUOgIeYyD *AIOYIINAT, VYSVIqeNy “A9ATL MVYLWIaNY Sg *puy S00 Aasog Sop ‘ol [tasyunzyT Sototuoq HD) SIT YUEN SEO) “eljepurA Jo SIN SUN MYON * *puy ‘00 Aasog Sof ‘3oerg Sey TI] ‘e[|tAeT|eq *eueipuy *00 Assog { sioull[y ‘uinqny “Stour |] “10jseqD “Oy ‘puoul YoY JO 4seAA Sept xis -puy ‘'0o Aosog £ siounl[y ‘eeyexy “OJ Sesetuogieyg “OT, Spuou III “09 ext “9019 JOoH-Ystq "OH ‘slIvq JO \sey seltut EERIE ABA TUESOLAEEVSENG & CUNOH| HSH STAN fT[[ S00 edog OW HEME TRH) puowYoTY JO “N Septw ey f][] Sep{tadeseg * *stoul]|] *°00 edog pue yolg uiejunoy HORE gO ANS INEM 265. *puy ‘709 fos sOg { @Moy ‘yxnyxoay Suojsurping ‘{-e,y *s0047 S,pavzzng {*([] ‘erejoisoy “+00 edog ‘apjiafaseg ‘mesie . : 0 “OJ, Spuowyory Jo" M *N Septw oAjem J, *SIOUTI[] SoT[tTAAeI *TINOSSIPA, S8[[LAS]uNF] : . C seurtpuy ‘00 Aasog ‘siouiq{] Se[jiaAeseg STOUT] “doi eLoseNT, Wi Hew PpIccUME jo uoueg sig . 2 “AY ‘al[tasiieg f-opT ‘sllvq Jo seq Seylw 9e1y} ![]] ‘teysoyg ‘mesure *s1out[]] ‘:00 adog ‘Aq1aqry ‘eryseysey S10}sey9 OJ SpuoWMYIY JO*M *N Satu aajaM J, “VY ‘N jo Sellojitiay, pue sajejg Ulojsa\y oY} UT sor}ITe007 * * * * * * *sainsvayy [vog | * * % al “oulr'y “junopy | *UPLUOAD Its | “ecg ‘d “Xx "Joa Saaues qT ap *]oay “90g RI Op [Ing ‘“OFST ‘SuostTyoinyy * . . . ° . “GTZ od & AT SonalT ap -Aoy °20g ve] ap “Wey, “OTST “20UTUOY oq ° : ° : + +uaqjeIg puv poomsojy| : "6SL ‘d “ssoj -MUUY “LFS “Youruoy oq ‘eg *d “A ‘fon ““youog ‘uly, =*FEST ‘AqseMmos| G . eid “qto JI “GOSE ‘UAE : . . -— “*9¢% +d Ay ‘osory ap “Aoy 00g ef ep weayy “LISE “Youruoy eq ‘ejosauulyy, JO *Aang "18g -d “-ay0 *uaq{eig pur poom.1on . 6 ° . : : : *poomion AUTRE CGE AOETSE CANS LEY ° ° ° ° o OGKe “d *19u0 “r9uy ua °fOA ma ‘juog[eq “grST ‘AusSIqIC.p V “ : 5 * -Ua}}eVIg pue poom.on : : O * -ua}}eIg puke poomIoN “ud}Jwig puke poomiony ‘u9}1e.lg pue poomion 1 ° e e ° ° > cep d “Tp ‘Joa ‘yauog ‘my, ‘“eTst ‘Aqiamog "GIL “TA *[OA "YouoD “UIT “Lest ‘Aqaemogs ‘181 ‘d ‘Slag ‘ssoj-ue sop *s0seq °§t8] ‘ouruoy eq ° . ° “GOST ‘unsey °eg ‘d ‘saul “FST SAusiqiQ.p *¥ *ualjeIg pure poomsony ‘uajjeIg pure poomion ° . ° . ° + EGE ‘AT ‘esary eps “how acs BineP “WAI «“9TSI “ouTUOy, aq + *uaj}eIg pue poomioN ‘Ualwig pure poomioy “Ld sqi9q “Jljeg ‘lowly ua -AOA np *juoeTeg ° ° ° ° . e “eG “d *19W ‘roury ue ‘AoA up -jUuoateg “eFS8l ‘AusIqiQ.p *V 601 -d Spuvaiy Jo ‘ssoy ayy jo -ukg “TFT ‘AoQoI "GTg “d “JI “Joa “ysyIOX Jo "foo *9ERT ‘sdiy [td ‘uetin *saauerajay pue sioyjny *[uex) Jo ‘dey ‘ueamMg -q-d | ‘uaeIg pue poomiony ~ *snjvaynovqns *snUvIUOSTYOIN AT “SNILULa} |e *snuviyong *snqeTiquiy *sujejoung sIsUd5.laquo}yonaT “"sISuadSeIqaN EMA O MEL *snuetua}eig “snjnorsqeos TSE *SISUSISeYe Ah *SUvSe]o *suapue[ds *"SHURTIO/}10g “snyvorttotu *TISUIUTO| "snjejsoo *SNIdRUOg.{eo *snye[noTjalWias *sISUATAI[OG *SNARIO “TIS L950 *sniajipun *sISUQUO}[W “sd {fq “2.109 *VIIsTXof *snooRyliesieu * ssataadg ‘DIMOU YPLONT JO SALOPMLAT, PUD sapDIK’ ULapsa4{ yp UL YONpOLT ayn fo Marg LOjNQDT [ 23 ] Art. Il.—WNotice of the genus CHONETES, as found in the Western States and Territories with descriptions of eleven new species. By JoserpH G. Norwoop and Henry PRATTEN, of the Hlinois Geological Survey. This genus was established by FiscuEr in 1837, to separate from the genus Lepteena such shells, having the same general form with those of DALMAN’S genus, as possess a row of spines of the margin of the dorsal valve along the cardinal area. At that time there were six species known. Up to the year 1843, other species were added by European Geologists; and, in that year, our most distinguished paleontologist, Professor HAut, described two from this country, C. cornuta and C. setigera, which he united to the genus Strophomena of RArinEsquE. In 1847 M. pe Konincx published his excellent Monograph on the genus, in which he not only enumerated, but described every known species, amounting, in all, to twenty-three, including all those known in this country. Since then, in 1852, Dr. D. D. Owen described a new species from Missouri, making all the known published species, up to the present time, amount to twenty-four. The two species already mentioned as described by Prof. Haut, belong to New York; the third one, described by M. pe Konincx, the C. Shumardiana, is from Kentucky, and named by him in honor of the zealous geologist and paleeontologist who discovered it. We now make known eleven new species from our Western States and Territories, and announce the discovery of two others of the known species of Hurope in our western formations, viz: C. armata, of M. BoucHarp, and C. Sarcinulata, of ScunorHEnt. Six of these species were found at a single locality, the “Devils Backbone,” in Tllinois, in limestone belonging to the Devonian period; one, two miles west of Jones- boro, Illinois, in limestone of the same age; two, in the Mountain limestone of Burlington, lowa; four are from the coal measures; and one, the Flemingii, is from a formation, the age of which has not yet been determined, but which, probably, belongs to the Coal period. It was found by Mr. Pratten ten miles northwest of Richmond, Missouri. The whole number of species known to M. pr Konincx, in 1847, 23 Added by Dr. D. D. Own, (U.S. Geological Survey,) 1 Addition made now, el: Making the present number known, 30 Seventeen of these species occur in the Western Sites of oes yh Re To these add the two species found in New York, and we have nineteen species found in 24 > NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. our country, four of which are common to the United States and Europe; and fifteen, as at present known, peculiar to this continent. We must say, however, that there is still another species, brought from the Humboldt river, in Utah, the markings of which are too much obliterated to admit of its being described. It belongs to the Mountain limestone, and is, from its form, evidently distinct from any other one of our species. It was found by Mr. Pratten. Genus CHONETES, [ischer. C. SaumARDIANA, de Koninck.—De Koninck’s “ Monograph on the Genus Chonetes.” PIO ea, Geological Position and Localtity.—In the mountain limestone at Button-mould Knob, Jefferson county, Kentucky. C. GRANULIFERA, D. D. Owen.—“ Geological Report of Wisconsin, Iowa and Min- nesota.” Tab. V., fig. 12. Geological Position and Locality.—In the coal measures at Belleville, Ilinois; and at Keg Creek, Missouri. C. Surrut, nob.—PI. IL., fig. 2, a, 3, ¢. Shell of medium size; transverse, having its greatest breadth on the cardinal border, which is produced into points. Dorsal valve covered with numerous fine ribs, amounting to about 160 on the margin. It is crossed by broad imbricated folds, marking the successive periods of growth, and showing that its form was the same in all stages. The entire surface is covered with small pits or hollows, as if from the falling off of tubes or spines; these pits are tolerably regularly disposed in quincunx; they are always on the summit of the ribs, and are larger and altogether different in shape from the hollows at the bottom of the furrows between the ribs; these latter being merely fine lines as if drawn by the most delicate graver. It has a wide shallow sinus, which originates at the beak, and goes on increasing in breadth to the front. The area is very large and formed by both valves ; the portion belonging to the dorsal valve being hollowed, while that of the ventral valve is flattened. The deltoid aperture is wide but nearly filled by the tooth of the ventral valve. Lars distinctly separated from the dorsal vault by a wide depression. The cardinal edge has ten tubes on each side of the beak. The ornaments of the ventral valve are like those of the opposite one. On the internal surface of the ventral valve there is a bifid median tooth resting in a socket, and supported by five ridges projecting into the shell, the two largest of which are nearly parallel to the cardinal border; at a small distance from it, the cen- tral ridge projects about two fifths across the valve; on each side of this are two others supporting a series of points. All the interior surface, but particularly towards the front, is covered with small points. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. , 25 Dimensions.—Leneth, 15 millimetres; breadth, 22. Geological Positionand Locality.—This species occurs in the shales of the coal measures, at Belleville, Illinois. Explanation of the Figures.—Pl. IL, fig. 2, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 2,6. Ventral aspect and area of the same. Fig. 2, c. Longitudinal section of the same individual. This species is dedicated to the memory of William Smith, the father of strati- graphical paleontology. Illinois State Collection. C. Fiscnert.—nob.—Pl. IL., fig. 3. Shell of medium size; transverse, having its greatest breadth at about one third the distance between the cardinal border and the front margin. Dorsal valve slightly but regularly convex. ars not separated by a depression from the dorsal vault. It has no ribs, properly so called, but in place of them the surface is covered with an innu- merable quantity of extremely fine strie, which radiate from the beak. These striz are crossed by concentric ones equally fine, giving it the appearance of fine net work. There are five long thick tubes on each side of the beak, which project in nearly straight lines backwards from the shell. Area and ventral valve unknown. Dimensions.—Length, 20 millimetres; breadth, 30. Geological Position and Locality —This shell occurs at Burlington, Iowa, in beds which are considered to be at the base of the mountain limestone. It is named in honor of the founder of the genus. Illinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figure.—P1. IL. fig. 3. View of the dorsal valve. C. Lirron1, nob.—PI. II., fig. 4, a, 0, ¢. Shell small; slightly transverse, having its greatest breadth near one third of the distance from the cardinal border to the front margin. Dorsal valve very convex and furnished with remarkably fine ribs, which number about 120 on the margin. Area contracted and hollowed out of both valves; deltoid aperture very narrow. On the cardinal edge we can see the traces of tubes without being able to count them. Ven- tral valve very concave, leaving but a small space for the lodgment of the animal. Ribs like those of the other valve. Dimenstons.—Length, 15 millimetres; breadth, 20. Geological Position and Locality—This species occurs at the Devil’s Backbone, Illinois, in Devonian limestone. Dedicated to Prof. A. Litton, of St. Louis, Missouri. Illinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figures.—PI. II., fig. 4, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 4, 6. View of the ventral valve and area. Fig. 4, c. Longitudinal section. 26 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. C. Fiemineu, ob.—PIl. IL., fig. 5, a, b, c, d, e. Shell rather small; depressed; transverse, having its greatest breadth on the car- dinal border. Dorsal valve covered with a great number of slender, filiform ribs, which frequently bifurcate and amount, when they reach the free borders of the shell, to about 150. It is provided with a tolerably deep and wide sinus. The area is formed at the expense of both valves. Deltoid aperture rather wide. LHars some- what flattened, and separated from the dorsal vault by a very decided depression. Cardinal edge ornamented by seven tubes on each side of the beak, which are directed obliquely. In the furrows between the ribs are numerous shallow depressions, as represented in the magnified view of a portion of the shell, Pl. IL, fig. 6,¢. The ventral valve is furnished with a varix, corresponding to the sinus of the opposite one. Its ribs are like those of the other valve, but become obliterated on the ears. Internal part of the dorsal valve—There is a strong ridge projecting from the beak towards the middle of the shell; on each side of which there is a large and deep depression. Most of the remaining surface is covered with large granulations, which, however, stop short of the free margin of the shell. Around this may be seen a series of ribs corresponding to the furrows between the exterior ribs, and showing a series of fine granulations, which answer to the small depressions of the exterior. , Dimensions.—Length, 10 millimetres ; breadth, 17. Geological Position and Locality—It is found in beds of shale, ten miles North West of Richmond, Missouri. The age of the beds has not yet been determined. Explanation of the Figures.—P1. IL., fig. 5, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 5, b.—View of the ventral valve and area of the same specimen. Fig. 5, ¢. Longitudinal section of the same. Fig. 5, d. Interior of the dorsal valve. Fig. 5, e. Magnified view of a portion of the shell. C. VERNEUILIANA, nob.—PI. II., fig. 6, a, 6, ¢. This is one of the most singular species of the genus. It is small, transverse, having its greatest breadth on the cardinal border. Its beak is much larger and higher than that of any of our other Chonetes. An extremely deep sinus extends from the beak, bordered on each side by a high ridge; outside of which there is another sinus separating the ridges from the ears, which are a little rounded and much extended. Its surface is covered with about 100 ribs, very fine and dichoto- mous. Area tolerably large, and formed at the expense of both valves. Deltoid aperture very wide. Cardinal edge with four tubes on each ear, directed obliquely. The ventral valve is furnished with a very decided varix, corresponding to the sinus of the opposite valve. Its ribs are like those of the dorsal valve. . Dimensions.—Length, 7 millimetres; breadth, 12. bo ~I NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. Comparisons and Differences—The depth of the sinus and the height of the ridges alongside of it, will at once distinguish it from all other species. It is true that, while young, it may be mistaken for the C. Flemingii; but even then its sinus is deeper than in that species, and it has only four spines on the cardinal edge on each side of the beak, while the Flemingti has seven. Geological Position and Locality—This species occurs at Charboniere, Missouri, in the calcareous clays of the coal measures. We dedicate this species to M. de Verneuil. It will at once recall to every one the Productus, which bears his name, as they are both possessed of a remarkably deep sinus. Illinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figures.—P1. IL., fig. 6, a. View of the dorsal valve. fig. 6, 6. Ventral valve and area of the same specimen. fig. 6, c. Longitudinal section of the same. C. MESOLOBA, nob.—PI. II., fig. 7, a, 6, ¢. Shell small; transverse, sub-rectangular. Dorsal valve covered with extremely fine ribs, which, on the margin, number 150. They are everywhere crossed by equally fine concentric stris. This valve is furnished with a very wide median sinus, ~ originating near the beak, from which it goes on increasing in width to the front margin. From the bottom of this sinus rises a rounded fold of the same shape as the sinus itself; that is, it is pomted towards the beak, widening from thence to the front, so that its outline is triangular, the base being at the front of the shell. ars small, and separated from the dorsal vault by a well marked depression, giving to the front of the shell the appearance of being formed of three lobes, separated from one another by the median sinus. Area rather large, and formed from both valves. Deltoid aperture nearly closed by the tooth of the ventral valve. The cardinal edge bears seven oblique spines on each side of the beak. Ventral Valve——Its ribs are like those of the other valve. It has a well defined middle sinus corresponding to the raised fold of the dorsal valve. On each side of this sinus it has a sharp fold opposite to the bottom of the sinus of that valve. Dimensions.—Length, 8 millimetres ; breadth, 11. Comparisons and Differences.—At present there is no species of Chonetes known, with which this one can be confounded ; no other one having a medial fold rising from the bottom of the sinus of the dorsal valve. . Geological Position and Locality.—This species occurs in the limestones and shales of the coal measures; at Belleville, Illinois; and at Charboniere, Missouri. Llinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figures—PI. IL, fig. 8, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 8, 6. View of the ventral valve and area. 28 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. Fig. 8, c. View of the dorsal valve divested of its outer coating, and showing the numerous pits distributed over it. C. Macturza, nob.—PI. II., fig. 8, a, 6, c. Shell somewhat large ; depressed; transverse, having its greatest breadth near its middle. At five millimetres from the beak the ribs number about thirty ; at one third of the distance from the beak to the margin, most of them bifurcate. Between this and the margin several of them divide again, and when they reach it, they number about one hundred. The furrows between the ribs are of the same size as the ribs themselves. On the internal mould of the dorsal valve, the central furrow is larger than those on the right and left of it, evidently caused by a median tooth, which, commencing at the cardinal edge, traverses more than two-thirds of the length of the shell. On each side of the beak there are eight spines, directed obliquely. The ven- tral valve is slightly concave. Its surface is similar to that of the opposite one. Dimensions.—Length, 22 millimetres; breadth, 32. ; Geological Position and Locality.—This species was found at the “ Devil’s Backbone,” Illinois, in limestones of the Devonian period. Illinois State Collection. We have great satisfaction in being able to dedicate this beautiful species to the memory of William Maclure, the munificent patron of science, and the father of American geology. Explanation of the Figures.—PI. IL., fig. 1, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 8, 6. Same, showing the ventral valve and area. Fig. 8, c. Longitudinal section of the same. C. vaARIoLATA, A. d Orbigny, sp—De Koninck’s “ Monograph on the Genus Cuonetss.” Pl. XX., fig. 2. Geological Position and Locality—Guernsey, Ohio, in coal schists. C. ArMATA, Bouchard.—De Koninck’s Monograph. Pl. XX., fig. 14. Geological Position and Locality.—Devonian, “ Devil's Backbone,” Hlinois. C. NANA, de Verneuil—De Verneuil’s “ Russia and the Ural Mountains.” Geological Position and Locality.—Devonian, Falls of the Ohio. C. SARCINULATA, Schlotheim sp.—De Koninck’s Monograph. Pl. XX, fig. 15.’ Geological Position and Locality—Devonian, “ Devil's Backbone,” Illinois. C. Tuomyt, nob.—PI. IL., fig. 9, a, 0, ¢. Shell small; depressed; transverse, having its greatest breadth near the middle of the shell. Area excavated mostly at the expense of the dorsal valve. Deltoid aper- ture small, open; the tooth of the ventral valve fitting into it and partially filling the aperture. The dorsal valve is but slightly convex ; the ventral valve is still more NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. 29 slightly concave, leaving but a very small space for the lodgment of the animal. The cardinal edge has six tubes on each side of the beak. Its surface is covered with rather large ribs, which become nearly obliterated on the ears. The ears are small and somewhat flattened. At the distance of five millimetres from the beak there are 12 ribs in the space of five millimetres, and the same number in the same space on the margin ; they are fourteen in number when they leave the beak, but increase by bi- furcation, so that when they arrive at the margin there are nearly sixty. Ventral valve.—lts ribs are in all respects like those of the dorsal valve. Dimensions.—Length, 12 millimetres; breadth, 15. Geological Position and Locality—This species occurs in the Devonian limestones of the Devil’s Backbone, Jackson county, Illinois. Illinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figures.—P\. I1., fig. 9, a. View of the dorsal valve. Fig. 9, 6. View of the ventral valve and area. Fig. 9, c. Longitudinal section. / C. Martini, nob.—PI. IL, fig. 10, a, 0, ©. Shell of medium size; depressed ; transverse ; sub-quadrangular ; the cardinal border being, in a slight degree, the broadest portion of the shell. Dorsal valve somewhat convex, and covered with tolerably large ribs, which bifurcate two or three times before attaining the margin, where the whole number amounts to eighty. It has a wide but shallow sinus, which originates near the beak, and gradually widens as it proceeds towards the front. Lars flattened. Areaunknown. The cardinal edge has eight thick blunt tubes on each side of the beak. The ribs of the ventral valve are like those of the opposite one. On its internal surface it has a cardinal tooth supported on four plates, which project inwardly, and appear to be formed by the union of several ribs. The two plates nearest the cardinal edge are much the largest. The internal ribs, which correspond to the external fur- rows, show a series of granulations, but they are farther apart than in most of the species of the genus. Dimensions.—Length, 22 millimetres; breadth, 25. Ftibs.—There are, on the margin, eleven in the space of five millimetres. Comparisons and Differences.—This species differs from the C. Maclurea in its more quadrangular shape, in the smaller number of its ribs, and in the possession of a sinus, (that species having none.) From the Zuomyi it differs in its sinus, in the greater number of its ribs, and in having eight tubes on each side of the beak, while the Tuomyt has but six. Geological Position and Locality.—This species occurs in the Devonian limestones of the Devil’s Backbone, Illinois. TIlinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figures.—Pl. IL., fig. 9, a. View of the dorsal valve. cS) 30 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. fig. 9, b.—Internal surface of the ventral valve of another specimen of the same age, Fig. 9, ¢-—Curvature of the dorsal valve. C. Kowincxtana, nob.—PI. IL, fig. 11, a, 6. Shell small; depressed; transverse, having its greatest breadth on the cardinal line. Dorsal valve slightly convex ; no sinus; covered, with the exception of its ears, with fine dichotomous ribs, numbering twenty-two near the beak, and fifty on the margin. The furrows between the ribs are of about the same size as the ribs themselves. Ears flattened; and without ribs. Area unknown. The cardinal edge has two spines on each side of the beak, placed near the extremities, which project slightly from the edge and then turn downwards, and run nearly parallel with it. The lower ones, which appear like a continuation of the edge, project three-tenths of an inch beyond it.. Ventral valve concave, leaving a very small space for the lodgment of the animal. Its ribs are like those of the dorsal valve. Dimensions.—Length, 11 millimetres; breadth 17. Ribs.—At the margin there are sixteen in the space of five millimetres. Comparisons and Differences.—T his species can, on account of the length and peculiar direction of its spines, not be confounded with any other. Geological Position and Locality.—It occurs in Devonian limestone, two miles west of Jonesboro’, Union county, Illinois. Llinois State Collection. This very curious species is named in honor of M. de Koninck, whose admirable “‘ Monograph” on the genus is known and appreciated by every geologist. Explanation of the Fiqures.—PI. IL., fig. 11, a. View of the dorsal valve, with its spines. Fig. 11, 6. Curvature of the dorsal valve. C. Logant, nob.—PI. IL., fig. 12, a, 6, ¢. Shell small; transverse; having its greatest breadth near the cardinal border. Dorsal valve inflated ; without a sinus; covered with about thirty rugose ribs. Ears small, and scarcely separated from the dorsal vault. Beak rather large and recurved. Ribs flattened, and crossed by fine lines. Many of them are dichotomous. Area and ventral valve unknown. ‘Traces of tubes can be seen on the cardinal edge, but the number cannot be ascertained. Dimensions.—Length, 6 millimetres; breadth, 9. Comparisons and Difjerences.—This species differs from the C. minuta of Goldfuss (sp.,) in the number of its ribs, that species having but twenty-two while ours has thirty. In other respects it resembles it. Geological Position and Locality.—This fossil is found at Burlington, Iowa, in the middle portion of the mountain limestone series. TIlinois State Collection. NORWOOD AND PRATTEN ON CHONETES. 31 We inscribe this very beautiful fossil with the name of Mr. Logan, Chief of the Geological Survey in the British Provinces of North America, on account of our high appreciation of his labors in a geological field in which we spent some years. Explanation of the Figures.—PI. II., fig. 12, a. View of the dorsal valve of an adult specimen, magnified. Fig. 12, 6. Curvature of the dorsal valve, Fig. 12, c. Length of the shell, a "eISSN *purjsaq ‘Aueuiex “0uvI yy "eIAT[og “pur[[oH AeN ‘puvjary ‘purpsum ‘eissny ‘unispog “OLOYMOST SOLJI[COOTT EMO] *UOJSUTLANG, ‘Oly OY JO STIRH eee OL famoq ype 8§ [IA0q ‘SIOUIT[] OUOqAOVgT S [40 ‘sloury[] “omoqyorg &,[149(] ““SIOUIT[] ‘O1OqSeTOF JO 4SOM SOTIM OMT, ‘slOUN[] ‘ouoqyorg, 8 [140d "SLOUL[] “oUOqyLG §[1Aeq ‘ory ‘Aesu10n4 ‘Ayonqueyy “0d uosiazope ‘qouyy prnomuoyyng LMossipy ‘Yoory) Soy] £ stouriT “eT[9]]og ‘SIOUIT[] “OMoqyorg 8 [tA9q “STOUTTTT ‘2[TA°]19q “LIMNOSSIJ, ‘OLOLUOG.LeY/) ‘eMOT ‘O}SUTpINg ‘LIMOSSIP ‘PUOMTOTY JO 489 AX YON Sop uay, ‘Linosstyq ‘ederuoqaeyy ¢ stourl[y ‘eT [AeT[oq a a a “COLLOWIW [IION JO Sorsoj1110 J, pUe sojeVjg U10}S9A\ OY} UL SoryI[voOry K *« * sornsvayy [e0( | -oulry “yunoyy | “aermoAag | “UtLIin ts | . . » ° . . ° ‘HezJeld pues poOMIo NY ‘OL “SY “AX ‘Id “Suan (EH OME purrissny ‘[meuroA a i ‘CT ° “XX ‘Id LOO g OES eq ‘ds ‘mreq3o0[ 409 ° ° “ET roi CRANE “ydesonoyy §YOUIMOY oe ‘“paeqonog : * + "Ma}4eIg pur poomsoN *W944CI pute POOM.10 Ky “ua}yeig pur pooMioNy "MoV pUv PpoOMION ° ° ° ° > TEL Oi Sy UATE Tal ROE BENT suep osvfoa np ‘yuogieg ‘ds ‘Ausiqid .p “V Tl OU XX ‘Td ‘qdeasouoyy, 9 “ypuruoyy og 5 8 ret elt CoN CkAEG ERO REMMI (OUI ‘oy SSDI 4 ‘day Joo ‘UaMQ ‘Gd - -uoqyeig pue poomion ‘uaqVig pue poomion "U9}}V1,[ PUL POOMION ‘U9yjVIg pue poom1oN) “MONI PUL POOMION ‘doyvig pue pooM1oNy rs eS EE A SS ‘SodMOIBfOY pues SLOyINV ‘DALUY YON JO SarLOpLIaT, PUD SaIDIG’ wlajsayy oy) Ua punof soouoy, ay? fo 9790], "LUesOry “OD eesobnay 0017095 “eUeU "eye NUTOLeS “eyemIe oO AL “CULtOUIUO Vy eI “1 AuLON Y, “eYB[OlIVA “C) OULIG UO1 IAS) “CULIPAVUAaNYG “eLOpI[NULLS “aI for |i ES "CURIPINUIO A “TO YOSL “WSUTULOT *eqorosom A “BPOULO() WO22 006) ‘soroadg MN o tO Ore [33 J -Art. I1I].—Contributions to South American Herpetology. By Epwarp HALLowE.L, M.D. STENODACTYLUS, Fitzinger. Gen. char.—Fingers cylindrical, pointed at the end, with denticulated edges, and granulated inferiorly. (Dum. et Bib.) STENODACTYLUS FUSCUS, nob. Sp. char—Of a dark brown color, or lighter, with numerous black spots; below light yellow; no femoral or anal pores; five plates along the margin of the lower jaw on each side; granulations of back small, uniform. | Dimensions,—Length of head and body, 13 to 14 inch; tail carupalateats ' Habitat.—Nicaragua. Numerous specimens. MICROPHIS. Char-—Head of moderate size, short, depressed in the middle, covered with nine plates; snout rounded; nostrils between the nasal and anterior frontal plates; a frenal; one antocular; two posterior oculars; seven superior labials, the eye resting on the third and fourth; eyes of moderate size, pupil round; supraciliary plate not projecting over the eye; tail of moderate length. MICROPHIS QUINQUELINIATUS, nob. PI. III. Sp. Char.—Head, body and tail, above, ash color; five dark blue stripes extending from the occiput to the base of the tail, the three intermediate ones broader than the lateral; the other stripes prolonged upon the tail, the middle one to near its extremity; 17 rows of smooth quadrangular scales; 170 abdom. scuta; two bifid preabdom.; 33 subcaudal. Dimensions.—Length of head 6-8ths inch; breadth posteriorly 4-8ths inch; length of body 17 inches; of tail 2 inches 5-8ths ; circumference 1 inch 3-8ths; total length 1 foot 8 inches 3-8ths. Habitat—Honduras, South America. Two specimens presented to the museum of the Academy, by Dr. Woodhouse. 9 34 HALLOWELL ON SOUTH AMERICAN HERPETOLOGY. Gen. Remarks.—This serpent has the general characters of coronella, but the nos- trils open between the anterior frontal and nasal plates, instead of the nasal and in- ternasal, the two being fused into one plate. We have, therefore proposed for it the generic name given above, although not disposed to attach much importance to minor considerations of this kind in the determination of genera.* ZAMENIS, Wagler. Gen. char.—Head oblong, quadrate ; nostrils between two nasal plates ; two posterior oculars ; one loral; supraciliary plates projecting over the eye; vertical scute narrow ; trunk long, equal, rounded; scales numerous, homogeneous, lanceolate, smooth; tail long. (Wagler.) ZAMENIS TRICOLOR, nob. PI. IV. Sp. char.—Head depressed, of moderate size; snout rounded; nostrils between two nasals ; a frenal, more or less quadrilateral; one antocular; two posterior oculars, the superior the larger; nine superior labials, the inferior margin of the eye resting on the fifth and sixth; neck contracted ; body slender, thicker in the middle, with seventeen rows of scales, the four or five inferior rows for the most part smooth, the rest very slightly carinated; tail of moderate length. Coloration—This serpent is very remarkable for its beauty; the ground color of each scale is a deep slate color, with a yellow longitudinal line in the middle, not extending the whole length of the scale; the anterior and posterior borders of each scale bordered with light blue; under surface straw color. Abdom. scut. 148; 1 pre- abdom. scut., bifid; 75 subcaudal. Dimensions.—Length of head, 1 inch; greatest breadth, + inch; length of body, 18 inches; circumference at middle, 2 inches; length of tail, 82 inches. Habitat.—Honduras, Central America. This specimen was recently brought from Honduras by my friend Dr. Samuel Woodhouse. One is at once struck with the beauty of this serpent. In its general appearance it resembles somewhat the Zamenis viridi-flavus, of which we have a very fine specimen in the Academy, found by me in the Pyrenees,—but their great dissimilarity is readily observed on placing the animals in juxtaposition. The markings of the head and sides are altogether different ; in viridi-flavus the eye rests upon the fourth and fifth labials, and not upon the fifth and sixth, but the number of plates about the head is nearly the same, and there is no great variation in the form. * Proceed, Acad. Nat. Sci., June, 1854. HALLOWELL ON SOUTH AMERICAN HERPETOLOGY. 35 ELAPOIDIS, Bote. Gen. char—Teeth small; head not distinct from body, elapsoid; opening of the mouth moderate; nostrils and eyes lateral, the latter minute, the former widely open ; vertical scute very broad, rhombic, the posterior frontals extended as far as the eyes; supraciliaries small; loral plate oblong, taking the place of the anterior orbitar; trunk cylindrical; tail acute. (Boie.) ELAPOIDIs FASCIATUS, nob. PI. IV. | Char—Two rows of teeth in the upper jaw, one in the lower; two anterior and two posterior frontals, the former very much smaller than the posterior; a vertical, pentagonal broad and short; two small supra-oculars; two occipitals ; nostrils between two plates; a long quadrangular frenal; no antocular; two posterior oculars; eyes projecting, latero-superior; pupil round; seven superior labials, the eye resting on the third and fourth; body slender, compressed laterally; neck slightly contracted; tail of moderate length, tapering to a point; nineteen rows of scales, all carinated, the caring very distinct. Coloration.—Head black above, except near the head, where it is whitish; the white spots narrow above, broad below; ground color of animal above fawn, with numerous transverse black fascias, the greater number alternate; scales between the fascice tipped with black; under surface straw color. Abdom. scut. 145; 1 post-abdom. bifid; 64 sub-caud. Dimensions.—Length of head, $ inch; of body, 7 inches; of tail, 2% inches; total length, 9% inches. Habitat—Honduras. Two specimens, presented by Amory Edwards, Esq. Gen. Remarks.—But one species of Elapoidis has heretofore been described, viz. : Hlapoidis fuscus, Boie, a native of Java. ELAPS, Schneider. ELAPS ZONATUS, nob. Char.—Anterior frontals much smaller than posterior; vertical short and broad ; nostrils between two plates; a small loral; one ant-orbitar; two post-orbitars; five superior labials, the eyes resting on the third and fourth; eyes latero-superior; pupil round. Coloration.—Head black and white, the greater part presenting above a broad black blotch extending over the temples to the posterior part of the under jaw, and over the eyes to the inferior margin of the upper, emarginate laterally; snout black, with 36 HALLOWELL ON SOUTH AMERICAN HERPETOLOGY a white band posteriorly; thirty-eight black rings and thirty-seven white, the black rings measuring upon the sides 2 inch, the white +; upon the back and abdomen the dimensions of the white rings are somewhat greater; the white rings upon the sides each dotted with small black spots; seven black bands upon the tail; fifteen rows of smooth quadrangular scales. Abdom. scut. 189; pre and post-abdom. scut. one of each, bifid; 51 bifid subcaudal. Dimensions.—Head, § inch in length; breadth, + inch; length of body, 15 inches; of tail, 2% inches; circumference near middle, 1% in.; total length, 18% inches. Habitat—Honduras. Two specimens, presented to the Museum of the Acad. Nat. Sciences, by Dr. Woodhouse. ELAPS DIVARICATUS, 700. Char.—Nothing remarkable about the plates of the head, except that the vertical is somewhat prolonged ; a loral reaching to the orbit ; two post-orbitars; seven superior labials, the eye resting on the third and fourth; nostrils between two plates ; head narrow, depressed about half an inch in length; fifteen rows of smooth rhomboidal scales; body quite slender; tail of moderate length. Abdom. scut. 205; subcaud. 45. Coloration.—Head black anteriorly and posteriorly, with an intermediate white band; thirteen crimson rings, from five-eighths to six-eighths of an inch in length, and as many black ones about three-eighths of an inch, the latter bordered each with a narrow ring of white; the red rings occupy about eight and a half rows of scales, the black three and two half rows, and the white one and a half rows of scales; the dark-colored white margined rings are therefore much. less, and the intermediate crimson ones much more extended than in EH. fulvius, and hence the name divaricatus — which I have given it; four black and three white rings upon the tail, the yellow about half the length of the black, intermediate red spaces without dots. Dimensions.—Length of head, 4 inch; breadth, 3’, inch ; length of body, 16 inches ; of tail, 28 inches; circumference, .1 inch. Habitat—Honduras. A single specimen, presented to the Museum of the Acad. Nat. Sciences, by Amory Edwards, Esq. Gen. remarks.—Allied to Elaps tenere, Baird and Girard, from Texas: perhaps the same. Besides the above there were received from Dr. Woodhouse a fine specimen of Corytheolus vittatus 9, Kaup; Iguana tuberculata, Laurenti; and Cyclura denticulata, Wieg., from Nicaragua, and a young undetermined species of Crotalus, from Mr. Edwards. Uber i “Art. IV.—Plante Heermanniane. Descriptions of New Plants, collected in South Califorma by Dr. A. L. Hermann, Naturalist attached to the Survey of the Pacific Railroad route, under Lieut. R. 8S. Williamson, U.S.A. With remarks on other Plants heretofore described and belonging to the same collection.* By KE. Duranp and Turon. C. Hinrearp, M. D. PAPAVERACE. ARGEMONE wmunita, nova species. Caulis erectus ramosus, 22-pedalis. Tota planta glaucissima tenera et, maxime in ramis foliorumque marginibus, aculeis albis retrorsis horrens. Folia subamplexicaulia, elongato-cordata, valde repando-sinuata undulata. Flores in apicibus 3-4 conferti, breviter divaricateque pedunculati. Calyx 3-sepalus caducus setosus, quoque sepalo cornuto, cornu in aculeum validum desinente. Corolla 6-petala maxima, 5-4’ diametro; petalis cuneato-obovatis, mar- gine denticulatis, albis recte venosis. Germen lanceolato-cylindricum, aculeis rectis dense obtectum. Capsula adhuc ignota. Stem branching, about 22 feet high. The whole plant very glaucous and, chiefly on the stems and margins of the leaves, densely covered with strong and slightly retrorse prickles. Leaves subclasping, elongate-cordate, deeply repando-sinuate and undulate. Flowers in clusters of 3-4 on short divaricate peduncles. Calyx 3-sepa- lous, prickly, each sepal bearing a horn terminating in a strong prickle. Corolla 3—4’’ in diameter ; petals six, white, veined, with slightly denticulate margins. Germ lan- ceolate, cylindrical, densely covered with erect prickles. Capsule unknown. The specimens submitted to our examination are incomplete and not sufficiently advanced to determine the shape of the mature capsule and seeds. We have com- pared it with various forms of A. mexicana and with the figure of Lindley’s A. gran- diflora in Bot. Reg. T. 1264. If the latter and our plant are but varieties of A. meai- cana, as Prof. Asa Gray thinks, they are two extreme forms of this very variable species, the one being almost unarmed and the other densely prickly. Both Lindley’s and our plant bear large and beautiful white flowers; but-in ours the texture is more delicate than in the mexicana, and the habitus of the leaves and branches is less acute, more rounded and undulating; the peduncles are shorter, stouter and more divaricate. It grows in large patches at Williamson’s Pass and was in full bloom in August and September. * Tc be republished, with figures, in Lieut. R. S. Williamson’s Report. 10 38 PLANT/E HEERMANNIAN &. CRUCIFER Ai. STANLEYA inrecriroiia, Torr. in Capt. Sitgreaves’ report, T. 1. Posa Creek, August. Dr. Torrey’s S. integrifolia differs from James’ plant by pedicels much shorter than the stipes; in the latter, the pedicels are half as long as the stipes. ZYGOPHYLLACE A. LARREA Mexicana, Moric. in Gray’s gen. ill. vol. 1., T. 147. L. glutinosa, Engelm. App. Visliz. p. 93. Zygophyllum tridentatum, D. C., I. Fl. Mex. <A very common resinous shrub, known in the far west by the name of Kreosote plant, on account of its very strong smell, The resin of this shrub, collected by the Pimos Indians, is formed by them into balls which they kick and send before them with their feet, as they journey from one point to the other of their trail. MALVACEZ. MALVASTRUM MARRUBIOIDES, nova species—Planta erecta circa bi-pedalis, omnino tomento stellato denso induta. Folia petiolata, late-ovata basi truncata vix triloba, crenato-dentata, subtus reticulato-yenosa. Stipule lineares. Calyx laciniis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis. Flores glabri rosei, in paniculis brevibus axillaribus 3-5-floris glomerati ac in spicam terminalem subsecundam desinentes. Plant erect, about two feet high and all over covered with a dense stellate tomen_ tum. Leaves broadly ovate, truncate at the base, subtrilobate, petiolate, crenate- dentate, reticulately veined underneath. Stipules linear. '!Segments of the calyx ovate-lanceolate acuminate. Flowers smooth, rose-colored, glomerate in short panicles of 3-5 in the axils of the leaves and merging into a terminal subsecund spike. Fort Miller, July. LEGUMINOS A. HOSACKIA LatHyroIDEs, nova species. Herba caespitosa, basi ramosa, caulibus subflexuosis, minute pubescens. Folia imparipinnata ; foliolis 5-7 lineari-lanceolatis utrinque acutis. Stipules rudimentarize scariose, ovate acuminate. Umbelle 1-3-floree, bractea lineari-lanceolat& in parcioribus. {Flores subsessiles 5’”” longi, flavi ; calycis dentibus lineari-acutis. Herbaceous and cespitose, branching near the base, rather flexuose, minutely pubes- cent. Leaflets 5—7 linear lanceolate, acute at both ends. Stipules rudimentary, mem- branaceous, ovate acuminate ; umbels 1—3-flowered ; bract (only on the poorer umbels) linear-lanceolate. Flowers 5” long, light yellow; teeth of the calyx linear lanceolate. Resembles somewhat the figure of Lotus pinnatus, Hook., in Bot. Mag. T. 2913, than PLANTA HEERMANNIAN &. 39 which, however, it has longer and narrower leaves. Fort Miller, on the banks of St. Joaquin river, August. HOSACKIA HaermMannu, nova species. H. decumbens, var. glabriuscula? Hook. and Arn. in Torr. & Gray’s Fl. Vol. i. p. 324. Suffrutex sat regulariter ramulosus, om- nino puberulus, 14—2-pedalis. Ramuli in axillis umbelliferis oriundi internodiis foliorum fere longitudine. Folia imparipinnata, foliolis 3-5 alternantibus, rhomboi- deo-ovatis acutis mucronulatis pubescentibus, stipulis minutis rhomboideis lanugine alba celatis, in quoque fere axillo umbellam gerentia. Umbellarum pedunculi rachidis folii fere longitudine, 2—4-6-flori foliolumque solitare ferentes. Flores subsessiles, Calyx campanulato-tubulosus pubescens, laciniis acutissimis. Corolla parva flava, petalis gracilibus obtusis apice fusco-purpurascentibus. Legumen pubescens, pen- dulum, incurvum, rostro subrefracto subulato apice uncinato vixque dimidia totius leguminis longitudine. Semina 1-2. Ab H. decumbente distinguitur forma ramo- slore ac pubescentia densiore, foliis mucronulatis, stipulis haud spinosis, umbellarum pedunculis multo brevioribus, flore minori apice purpurascenti leguminibusque ecari- natis. . Suffruticose, pretty regularly branching, softly pubescent throughout, 13-2 feet high; branchlets, with internodes scarcely as long as the leaves, arising in umbelliferous axils. Leaves impari-pinnate. Leaflets 3-5 rhombic ovate, acute, mucronulate, mostly alter- nate. Stipules minute, rhombic, tomentose ; almost every axil bearing a stipitate um- bel shorter than the leaf, 2-4-6-flowered with an oval bract in it. Flowers small, sub- sessile, yellow with purplish tips. Calyx tubulate-campanulate. Legumen 1-2 seeded, pubescent, pendulous, incurved, with a subulate uncinate and somewhat re- fracted rostrum. Differs from H. decumbens by being more branched and pubescent, by mucronate leaves, stipules not spinose, peduncles of the umbels considerably shorter, smaller flowers with purpurascent tips, and by legumes not carinate and mostly one-seeded. ONAGRACEL. (ENOTHERA Linbey1, variety with light yellow petals and a violet spot above the middle. Capsules linear, attenuate at each end. Fort Miller, July. CAPRIFOLIACEZ. SAMBUCUS vetLutina, nova species. Frutex 5-6-pedalis, exceptis foliorum su- periori superficie glaberrimaé floribusque velutino-tomentosus. Foliola 5-7 ovato-lan- ceolata, basi obliqua semisubcordata in lateralibus, acuta, argute serrulata, dentium apice subscarioso, supra nitida et in sicco minute corrugata. Corymbus parvus 40 PLANTAE HEERMANNIANE. 4—5-radiatus. Eodem tempore eodemque ramo flores, fructum immaturum maturum- que atro-rubentem, gustu grato rubique fructus simili exhibens. Stem fruticose 5-6 feet high, densely tomentose throughout, excepting the upper surface of the leaves, which is very glabrous and slightlyrugose. Folioles 5-7 ovate- lanceolate, finely serrate, coriaceous. Corymb small, 4—5-radiate. Berries deep purple when ripe, agreeable to the taste, and almost equal to the blackberry. It bears flowers, green and ripe fruit on the same branches. Posa Creek, August. COMPOSIT i. CORETHROGYNE tomentetia, Torr. & Gray’s Fl., Vol. ii., p. 99. In some of our specimens with inflorescence much developed, a very striking appearance is pro- duced by the very dense and white tomentum being abruptly replaced by a green glandular and viscous pubescence on the whole inflorescence. Leaves on the lower part of the branches linear-oblong, appressed and closely sessile; those of the top of the stem broadly obovate obtuse; those of the branches small and _bract-like. Tejon Valley, September. GUTTIERREZIA micropuyiia, Gray. Pl. Fendl. p. 74, adn. Brachyris microce- phala, D. C. Prodr. vol. v., p. 313. The inflorescence of our specimens being much advanced, we were long deceived by the almost cylindrical and loosely turbinate character of the heads of flowers which, in the genus Guttierrezia, are always more or less ovoid. Tejon Valley, September. LYNOSYRIS cervminosa, nova species. Caulis erectus 2—3-pedalis, pube substantia resinosé ceruminis modo infiltrata et nitorem ochroleuco-aureum preestante obtectus ; apice fastigiato-ramoso, capitulis breve pedicellatis et apice confertis corymbum sistenti- bus. Internodia superiora vix 3-4’”. Folia linearia subcarnosa puberula, sulco su- perne longitudinali, dorso rotundato; caulinaria interdum pollicaria, ramealia 3-6" longa, deorsum incurva. Squame inyolucrales carinate: filiformi-mucronate flavescentes. Stem erect 2-3 feet high, fastigiately branched, with crowded heads on short pedicels forming a corymb. The whole surface of the stalks 1s covered with a short, appa- rently dense, tomentum infiltrated with a yellowish resinous substance, giving it a texture of ear-wax of a greenish golden hue. Internodes of the branchlets 3-4’’. Leaves linear, puberulent, subcarnose, rounded on the back, with a furrow on the upper +” or less and recurved on the branches. surface, nearly | inch long on the stem, Scales of the involucre carinate, light yellow, darkening towards the filiform mucro. Tejon Pass, September. PLANTA HEERMANNIANZ. 4] LYNOSYRIS TERETIFOLIA, nova species. Fruticulus erice facie, resinosus, balsamum canadense redolens, 8-12-pollicaris cumuliformis, fruticeta vasta sistens. Trunculi fere nudi, cortice disrupta emarcido-grisei; ramuli ochracei resinoso-vernicati, subco- rymbosi, dense foliosi; internodiis brevibus, naviculato-depressis, marginatis. Folia 4-1-pollicaria filiforme-teretia obtusa, superne pauxillum sulcata et, aque ac ramuli, epidermide aphthoso-scabrellé maximeque viscido-resinosa induta. Capitula, flava in summo spiculata subsessilia. A small bushy shrub, covering extensive tracts of land like the common heath of Europe and presenting a corymbose summit densely set with filiform, erect, obtuse leaves, 1-14” long, and crowded yellow heads of flowers. ‘The lower branches are almost naked, rugose with a cracked epidermis; the upper branches, as well as the leaves, with an aphthose-glandular resinous surface, emitting a strong smell of fir balsam. The internodes are navicularly depressed below each axil and cos- tate by the bordering ridges. Heads of flowers subsessile, aggregated into dense terminal spikelets and clusters forming a corymb. All over the mountains, round the Tejon Valley, September. APOCYNEZ. APOCYNUM cannasinum, Var. lanceolatum. Nov. var. Leaves lanceolate, acute at both ends very glabrous. River bottoms, Posa Creek, August. ASCLEPIADE A. ASCLEPIAS macropuyiia, Nutt. Var. comosa, nov. var. Tota planta, exceptis pedunculis pedicellis umbellarumque involucellis pubescentibus, glaberrima glauca. Caulis gracilis bipedalis subflexuosus erectus, fronde subsecunda, internodiis aliquoties bipollicaribus. Folia spithameea, ad primum cujusque surculi nodum opposita, cete- rum ternatim verticillata, in sicco conduplicata, marginibus haud, revolutis. Ramuli singuli vel bini in axillis, exiles, tenues, flexuosi, dense foliosi. Umbelle bine vel trinze in verticellis supremis, pedunculis sesquipollicaribus, involucris lineari-brac- teatis, floribus parvis, numerosis (usque ad quadraginta), mediam folii partem vix zequantes. Pedicelli dimidia pedunculorum longitudine. Flores virescentes, albido- marginati nec fusci. Corolle lobi obovati, concavi, resurgentes, margine albo. Coronze staminez stipes eddem ac loborum longitudine; lobi producti, ovati obtusi, processibus cultriformibus, cristas connectivorum albo-scariosas eequantibus. Stem erect, slender, rather flexuose, about 2 feet high. Leaves a span long, linear, smooth, doubled up without revolute margins, in whorls of three, except at the lowest node of each shoot, where they are opposite. Internodes 2” or more long, each with one or more slim and densely-leaved branchlets, giving it a comose appear- 11 42 PLANTAE HEERMANNIANE. ance. Umbels 2-3 in each of the upper whorls, scarcely half the length of the leaf, with pedicels half the length of the peduncle and, together with the involucral bracts, somewhat tomentose. Stipe of the staminal crown about the length of its lobes, claws cultriform, erect, as high as the white tips of the connectives. Perhaps a new species ? It differs from Nuttall’s description of A. macrophylla in Gambel’s plants by its tomentose pedicels, leaves more approximated, denser umbels and the absence of brown color in its flowers. Grows abundantly in river bottoms. Posa creek, August. GENTIANEA. ERYTHRAA musensercu, Grisel. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix., p. 60. Our plant is intermediary between £. tricantha and E. Muhlenbergu, all, probably, being varieties of one species. A very showy and beautiful little plant. Fort Miller, July. POLEMONIACEE, GILIA stoncaTa? Stud. in D. C. Prody. vol. ix., p. 30. Our plant differs from D.C.’s description by being scarcely puberulent, although the capitula are densely lanate; by having mostly four segments on each side of the leaves and by the tube of the corolla being much exerted. Tullary Valley, August. CONVOLVULACE. CUSCUTA suBINCLUSA, nova species. Flores dense glomerati subsessiles. Calyx subovatus, lobis late ovatis obtusis imbricatis. Corolla tubo cylindrico, limbo patente, deinde, germine aucto fauceque marcescente contracta, sublageniformis. Segmenta ovata, latiora supra basim, dimidid tubi longitudine. Anthere elongate, sub an- gulis subsessiles, subincluse. Filamenta antheris breviora. Squamellz marginibus parallelis, maxime ad apicem fimbriate, conniventes. Germen biapiculato-globosum, bistyle. Styli duplo fere germine longiores, subinclusi, subinequales. Stigmata capi- tata. Flowers subsessile in dense clusters. Calyx subovate, with broadly oval-obtuse and imbricated lobes. Tube of the corolla cylindrical and afterwards rather lageniform by the increase of the germ and shrinking of the fauces. Lobes of the limb ovate, broadest above the base, half the length of the tube. Anthers subsessile under the dividing angles, subincluded. Filaments shorter than the anthers. Scales parallel-sided, fringed chiefly on the top, connivent. Germ globose, bi-apiculate PLANTA HEERMANNIAN. 43 with two styles about double the length of the germ, rather unequal; stigmas capi- tate. Ona willow, Tejon Pass, September. SCROPHULARIACE. ANTIRRHINUM covtrsrianum, Benth. Var. appendiculatum, nova var. Differs from the description in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix., p. 592, by the shortness of the peduncles ; stem simple, erect, glanduloso-pubescent, violet colored below ; leaves on short petioles, ovate-lanceolate, smooth; many sterile setiform branches, bracteate at top, springing from the axils; flowers in a subsecond raceme, almost subsessile. Calyx and corolla strongly pubescent, upper segments of the calyx broadly lanceolate, the rest linear lan- ceolate. Perhaps a new species. Posa Creek, August. MIMULUS exitts, nova species. Herba circa pedalis erecta gracillima, ad apicem vix paulum ramosa, exsucca, sparse villosa. Caulis teres, jam prope basim et abinde flores singulos vel oppositos pedunculis setiformibus foliaque superantibus prodens. In- ternodia 1-15” longa. Folia opposita sessilia elliptico-lanceolata, 2” longa. Calyx suban- ‘gulatus subcampanulatus oblique quinquefidus, segmentis acutis, demum subinflatus. Corolla 4” longa, flava, limbo parvo, fauce pilosa maculata. Stamina inclusa. Cap- sula membrancea ovato-lanceolata subacuminata, calycem demum equans. Semina parva ovata, testa granulata. Herba ab habitu generis Mimuli subdiversa. A slender erect herb sparsely villous, a foot or more high, not succulent. Stem terete, filiform, a little branched near the top. Internodes 1 to nearly 2” long. Leaves sessile, elliptico-lanceolate. Peduncles setiform, longer than the leaves. Calyx oblique, subangular, deeply 5-cleft, at first campanulate and finally inflated. Corolla 4’” long, yellow, limb small, fauces pilose, spotted. Stamens included. Capsule membranaceous, ovate-lanceolate pointed, finally equalling the calyx, +” long. Seeds small, ovate, testa granulate. Habitus rather different from that of the genus Mimulus. Posa creek, August. CASTILLEJA cANnpENS, nova species. Herba circa pedalis erecta, nonnunquam ramosa, basi glabra, supra cinereo-pubescens, bracteis calycibusque omnino-rubenti- bus, basi obscuris apice fulgentibus, corollis glaberrimis, maxime exertis, pallide atro-flavis cunctisque nigricante-venosis. Folia circa pollicaria, inferiora integra, linearia acuta; cetera profunde tripartita, trinervia, segmentis linearibus; floralia latiora, apicibus acuminato-lacinulatis. Calyx 14-14", subinflatus bifidus, lobis acute bidentatis. Corolla fere bipollicaris striata, labio superiori ssepe pollicari, inferiori rudimentario. Herbaceous, about a foot high and, except toward the base, grayish puberulent, especially the calyx and bracts, less so the lower surface of the leaves. Leaves 1” or 44 PLANT HEERMANNIANA. more long and, as well as their segments, linear, the lower ones entire, acute, all others tripartite, trinerved ; those of the inflorescense broader and acuminately lacinu- late at their apex, the upper, as well as the calyx, entirely red and darkly veined, dusky at the base, scarlet at the top. Calyx 12-12" long, subinflated bifid, each lobe acutely bidentate. Corolla nearly 2” long, of a light blackish yellow, with black veins, the lower lip rudimentary, the upper often 1” long. In river bottoms, Posa Creek, August. LABIAT/:. TRICHOSTEMA tancrotatum, Benth. Lab. in D. C., Prodr. vol. xii., p. 573. A remarkably fragrant plant. Fort Miller, July. SALSOLACEA. OBIONE BRaActTEOSA, nova species. Planta herbacea, 2—3-pedalis, oleracea farinoso- lepidota, monoica. Rami sulcati, apicibus masculiferis paniculatis; parte inferiori folios& et singulis axillis spicam foemineam bracteosam prodente. Internodia +” vel minora. Folia subglauca membranacea, sessilia, lanceolata acuminata mucronata, passim dentata vel integra, pollicaria vel minora, superne minus lepidota. Florum masculorum glomeruli globosi, in spicas laxiores, paniculum ebracteatum terminalem constituentes, dispositi. Flores foeminei in bractearum axillis glomerati; bractee attenuatz, maxime acutate, albido-lepidote. Thece immature 1” longe, subgloboso- lenticulares, reticulate, marginibus foliaceis laciniatis muricate, alate acuteque api- cate. An herbaceous monoicious plant, 2-3 feet high, with furrowed branches about a foot or more long. The top nearly destitute of leaves, branching into a panicle com- posed of simple interrupted spikes of globosely-glomerate male flowers and the lower part bearing in the axil of each leaf a bracteose spike of female flowers. Inter- nodes 2” or less. Leaves oleraceous, sessile, lanceolate acuminate, mucronate, sparsely dentate or entire, 1” or less long, rather glaucous, less lepidote on the upper surface. Female spikes crowded with attenuated and strongly pointed whitish lepidote bracts. The immature thece orbicularly subglobose, reticulated ; winged, muricated and acutely tipped with jagged leafy crests. Growing in large bushes in bottom lands. Posa creek, August. POLYGONACE. ERIOGONUM rascicutatum, Nutt? A low stoutish and much branched shrub, with a brown tattered bark on the lowest branches. Leaves elliptic oblong, fascicu- late and slightly revolute. Umbels compound on long peduncles. Flowers numerous, showy, whitish with red central lines. Posa Creek, September. PLANT HEERMANNIANZE 45 ERIOGONUM roseum, nova species. Herba sesquipedalis erecta virgato-ramosa arachnoideo-tomentosa. Caulis bracteis parvis appressis ternatis ovato-acutis fusco- rubentibus ad quemque nodum munitus; basi foliosus, dein scapiformis multumque infra medium trifurcatus, brachiis cum verticillo unico ternato, nunc ramulos ac folia prodente, alternantibus, nunc et capitulis sessilibus imee furcee insidentibus ; abinde foliis singulis parvis solumque ad nodos ramiferos sitis. Folia anguste spathulato- ovata, margine undulata, in petiolum longum attenuata, superne rubentia, radicalia cum pedicellis 14-2” longa. Involucra sessilia plerumque solitaria, acheniformia, tu- buloso-campanulata, secundum ramos subsecunda nonnunquam et terminalia. Flores parvi exserti incarnati vel purpurei. Paleolee florales setiformes, inclusze. The whole plant, except the flowers, covered with a white arachnoid tomentum. Stem about 14 foot high, virgately branched with ternate bracts at each node, leafy at the base, hence scapiform and trifurcate below the middle, with the prongs al- ternate to a solitary ternate whorl of leaves, sometimes producing accessory branches and leaves from their axils, and sometimes capitula seated in the very centre of the 3-furcation ; a small solitary leaf at each further ramification. Leaves narrowly spa- thulate, obovate, undulate at the margin, attenuate into long petioles, with a reddish tinge; radical leaves 12-2” long including the petiole. Involucres sessile, mostly solitary, acheniform, tubuloso-campanulate, unilateral along the branches and ter- minal. Flowers small, glabrous, exserted, pinkish or purpurescent. Floral chaff setiform, included. Posa Creek, September. | ERIOGONUM pLuMmAtTELLA, nova species. (Specimina incompleta.) Caulis vix pedalis, dense floccoso-tomentosus, rami divaricati, spiculis densis cum internodiis vix 3-linearibus pinnati. Folia . . Bractez: patentes, in spicis triangulares, in ramis oblonge-lineares obtusze. Involucra solitaria, campanulata, segmentis rotundatis, incarnato-fusca. Flores albi lobis obovatis. (Specimens incomplete.) Stem hardly a foot high, densely tomentose, terminat- ing in divaricate panicles pinnate with crowded spikelets with internodes scarcely 3 long. Leaves . . . (apparently all radical.) Bracts spreading, those of the spikelets triangular, those of the branches oblong linear obtuse. Involucres solitary, campanulate, with rounded segments and of a reddish-brown color. Flowers white, with ovate lobes. Posa Creek, September. ERIOGONUM GeEnicuLatum, nova species. (Specimina incompleta.) Caulis circi- ter pedalis, (aeque ac involucra) pallide virens glaberrimusque; ramis divaricatissime furcatis. Folia . . . . Bractese ininute late triangulares, patentes. Involucra 12 48 HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. The dorsal fin begins in a line vertical with the posterior extremity of the fleshy appendix to the opercle, and ends half an inch from the root of the caudal; it has ten slender spines, the two anterior short, and twelve branched rays which are very long. The pectoral is broad ; it begins in a line with the bony opercle, and has fifteen rays. The ventral arises behind the root of the pectoral and terminates between the vent and anal fin ; it has one spine and five branched rays; the anal begins opposite the first dorsal soft ray and terminates beyond the dorsal fin; it has three spines, the anterior short, the others long and stout; there are ten very long, branched rays. The caudal is large, broad, emarginate, or slightly lunated behind, and has seventeen rays. The scales are rather small, semicircular, straight before, round and cilliated behind. The lateral line runs near the upper third of the body, and is concurrent with the dorsal arch to the extremity of the root of the dorsal fin, when it descends to the median plane. Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The distance between the tip of the opercle and the tip of the tail is equal to three heads ; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin is equal to one head and a half; total length seven inches. GEOGRAPHICAL DistrizutTion. St. Johns River, Florida. The original specimen in the collection of Prof. Agassiz, at Cambridge, Massachusetts. | PoMOTIS SPECIOSUS. Plate V. Fig. 2. SPECIFIC CHARACTERS. Body oval, elongated, compressed, brownish olive above, white below, with a few reddish brown spots on the sides, lateral line red, head rather small, appendix of the opercle black, bordered with red. D. 10-10. P. 14. V.1-5. Nyasa) ORE: Description. This fish is much more elongated in form than Pomotis vulgaris, and is much less arched both at its dorsal and ventral outlines. The head is of moderate size, broad between the eyes, and narrow, though rounded at the snout. The eye is very large; it is placed one diameter of its orbit from the snout, and two diameters from the extremity of the opercle, with its superior margin near the facial line, and its inferior about the middle plane of the head. The posterior nostril is large, sub- round, and near the orbit; the anterior is round, small, nearer the mesial line, and midway between the orbit and snout. The pre-opercle is round and slightly serrated at its angle, the opercle is triangular, with a broad base in front, its apex. behind truncated, and furnished with a fleshy ap- PLANTA HEERMANNIANA 45 ERIOGONUM rosrum, nova species. Herba sesquipedalis erecta virgato-ramosa arachnoideo-tomentosa. Caulis bracteis parvis appressis ternatis ovato-acutis fusco- rubentibus ad quemque nodum munitus; basi foliosus, dein scapiformis multumque infra medium trifurcatus, brachiis cum verticillo unico ternato, nunc ramulos ac folia prodente, alternantibus, nunc et capitulis sessilibus imee furcee insidentibus; abinde foliis singulis parvis solumque ad nodos ramiferos sitis. Folia anguste spathulato- ovata, margine undulata, in petiolum longum attenuata, superne rubentia, radicalia cum pedicellis 14-2” longa. Involucra sessilia plerumque solitaria, acheniformia, tu- buloso-campanulata, secundum ramos subsecunda nonnunquam et terminalia. Flores parvi exserti incarnati vel purpurei. Paleols florales setiformes, incluse. The whole plant, except the flowers, covered with a white arachnoid tomentum. Stem about 12 foot high, virgately branched with ternate bracts at each node, leafy at the base, hence scapiform and trifurcate below the middle, with the prongs al- ternate to a solitary ternate whorl of leaves, sometimes producing accessory branches and leaves from their axils, and sometimes capitula seated in the very centre of the 3-furcation ; a small solitary leaf at each further ramification. Leaves narrowly spa- thulate, obovate, undulate at the margin, attenuate into long petioles, with a reddish tinge; radical leaves 13-2” long including the petiole. Involucres sessile, mostly © solitary, acheniform, tubuloso-campanulate, unilateral along the branches and ter- minal. Flowers small, glabrous, exserted, pinkish or purpurescent. Floral chaff setiform, included. Posa Creek, September. ERIOGONUM pLUMATELLA, nova species. (Specimina incompleta.) Caulis vix pedalis, dense floccoso-tomentosus, rami divaricati, spiculis densis cum internodiis vix 3-linearibus pinnati. Folia . . Bracteze patentes, in spicis triangulares, in ramis oblonge-lineares obtuse. Involucra solitaria, campanulata, segmentis rotundatis, inearnato-fusca. Flores albi lobis obovatis. (Specimens incomplete.) Stem hardly a foot high, densely tomentose, terminat- ing in divaricate panicles pinnate with crowded spikelets with internodes scarcely 3” long. Leaves . . . (apparently all radical.) Bracts spreading, those of the spikelets triangular, those of the branches oblong linear obtuse. Involucres solitary, campanulate, with rounded segments and of a reddish-brown color. Flowers white, with ovate lobes. Posa Creek, September. ERIOGONUM GeEnicuLatum, nova species. (Specimina incompleta.) Caulis circi- ter pedalis, (2que ac involucra) pallide virens glaberrimusque; ramis divaricatissime furcatis. Folia . . . . Bractese minute late triangulares, patentes. Involucra 12 48 HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. The dorsal fin begins in a line vertical with the posterior extremity of the fleshy appendix to the opercle, and ends half an inch from the root of the caudal; it has ten slender spines, the two anterior short, and twelve branched rays which are very long. The pectoral is broad ; it begins in a line with the bony opercle, and has fifteen rays. ‘The ventral arises behind the root of the pectoral and terminates between the vent and anal fin; it has one spine and five branched rays; the anal begins opposite the first dorsal soft ray and terminates beyond the dorsal fin; it has three spines, the anterior short, the others long and stout; there are ten very long, branched rays. The caudal is large, broad, emarginate, or slightly lunated behind, and has seventeen rays. The scales are rather small, semicircular, straight before, round and cilliated behind. The lateral line runs near the upper third of the body, and is concurrent with the dorsal arch to the extremity of the root of the dorsal fin, when it descends to the median plane. Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The distance between the tip of the opercle and the tip of the tail is equal to three heads ; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin is equal to one head - and a half; total length seven inches. } GEOGRAPHICAL Distripution. St. Johns River, Florida. The original specimen in the collection of Prof. Agassiz, at Cambridge, Massachusetts. PoMOTIS SPECIOSUS. Plate V. Fig. 2. SpeciFIC CHARACTERS. Body oval, elongated, compressed, brownish olive above, white below, with a few reddish brown spots on the sides, lateral line red, head rather small, appendix of the opercle black, bordered with red. D. 10-10. P. 14. V.1-5. AcE.) (Ci, Description. This fish is much more elongated in form than Pomotis vulgaris, and is much less arched both at its dorsal and ventral outlines. The head is of moderate size, broad between the eyes, and narrow, though rounded at the snout. The eye is very large; it is placed one diameter of its orbit from the snout, and two diameters from the extremity of the opercle, with its superior margin near the facial line, and its inferior about the middle plane of the head. The posterior nostril is largé, sub- round, and near the orbit; the anterior is round, small, nearer the mesial line, and midway between the orbit and snout. The pre-opercle is round and slightly serrated at its angle, the opercle is triangular, with a broad base in front, its apex behind truncated, and furnished with a fleshy ap- HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c 49 pendix. The sub-opercle is iong and nearly of the same breadth throughout. The inter- opercle is large ; the cheeks are protected by small scales, and the opercular bones by large, but the top of the head is smooth. The mouth is small; the posterior extremity of the upper jaw not reaching to the orbit. The lower jaw, and intermaxillary bones are armed, with two or three series of teeth, small, pointed, and closely set, with an outer row of larger teeth; these teeth are all similar in form to those of the last described animal, but are more minute; the vomer is furnished with a broad, and arrow-headed eroup of very fine teeth, and the pharyngeal bones with paved teeth, with a border of closely set, sharp pointed teeth below ; and the upper pharyngeal with similar teeth in front. The dorsal fin is long, elevated, and begins on a line with the posterior part of the origin of the pectoral, and has ten spines, the two anterior short, the others long: it has ten branched rays, more elevated than the spines. The pectoral is very long and somewhat falciform in shape; it begins on a line with the posterior margin of the bony opercle and extends beyond the root of the third anal spine, and has fourteen soft rays. The ventral begins back of the origin of the pectoral and ends behind the vent, near the anterior anal spine. The anal fin arises opposite the root of the tenth dorsal spine, or slightly behind it, and terminates with the dorsal fin behind; it has three spines, the anterior short, the others long and stout, with nine long branched rays. The caudal is large, full, lunate behind and has seventeen rays. The scales are small, somewhat unguiform, straight before, rounded and ciliated behind, and longest in the horizontal direction. The lateral line corresponds to the arch of the back, and runs parallel with it. Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The extent from the extremity of the opercle to the tip of the tail is equal to three heads ; the greatestelevation without the dorsal fin, is equal to one head and a half; the total length is seven and a half inches. GEOGRAPHICAL DistrisuTion. St. John’s River, Florida. The original specimen is in the collection of Prof. Agassiz, at Cambridge, Massachusetts. POMOTIS MARGINATUS. Plate VI. Fig. 2. Speciric CHARACTERS. Body much arched above and below; dusky olive brown above, with vertical bars of the same color extending to the median plane ; yellowish below ; head and sides marked, with numerous bluish green spots ; appendix of the opercle bordered with green. D. 912. P.12. V.1-5. A.3-10. C.17 13 50 HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &e. Description. This small Pomotis is so very convex, both at the dorsal and ventral outline, as to have a sub-round form; it is compressed, though thicker below than above. ‘The head is large, the snout is full, rounded, and is as broad as the occiput, or the space between the eyes. ‘The eye is of a moderate size, and is placed at less than one diameter of its orbit from the snout, and at one diameter and a half from the bony opercle, with its lower margin near the middle plane of the head. The posterior nostril is very near the orbit, and is above the median plane of the eye; the anterior is very small. The pre-opercle is rounded and slightly serrated at its angle. The opercle is large, broad in front, and with a truncated angle behind, furnished with a broad, fleshy appendix. The sub-opercle is large, and broadest in front; the inter-opercle is also broad, and rounded below. The cheeks and opercular bones are covered with large scales, but the top of the head is smoooth. The mouth is very small, the pos- terior extremity of the upper jaw extending only to the orbit. The lower jaw and the intermaxillary bones are armed with several series of delicate, pointed, recurved, card-like teeth ; those of the outer row are the largest; there is a small, arrow-headed patch of minute teeth in the vomer. The pharyngeal bones are furnished with small, pointed straight, closely set teeth, and with a few of a larger size near their internal margin. The dorsal fin is long and elevated ; it begins at the opercle and extends nearly to the root of the caudal, and has nine delicate spines and twelve branched rays. The pectoral arises under the apex of the opercle, terminates at the vent, and has twelve rays. ‘The ventral begins on a line with the anterior fourth of the pectoral, extends to the first anal spine, and has one spine, and five soft rays; the anterior slightly prolonged. The anal fin extends from the third dorsal soft ray, to the root of the caudal ; it has three stout spines, the first short, the third longest, and ten branched rays. The caudal is large, slightly lunate behind, and has seventeen rays. The scales are large, most extensive vertically, nearly straight before, rounded and ciliated behind. The lateral line runs near the upper fourth of the body and parallel to the arch of the back, as far as the end of the dorsal fin, and then descends to the median plane. Conor. See Specific Characters. Divensions. The extent from the opercle, to the tip of the tail, is equal to three heads and one quarter; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin, to one head and three quarters ; total length five inches. GEOGRAPHICAL Disrripution. St. John’s river, Florida. The original specimen is in the collection of Prof. Agassiz, at Cambridge, Massachusetts. HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. 51 Genus BRYTTUS, Valenciennes. CHARACTERS. Body, shaped like Pomotis, intermaxillary, inferior maxillary, vo- merine, and palatine teeth. Tongue smooth. Anal spines, three. BRrRYTTUS FASCIATUS. Plate V. Fig. 3. Speciric CHARACTERS. Body elliptical; olive brown above, with dusky vertical bars; yellowish, with numerous crimson spots below. D. 9 — 1D) a0) oa Ne oll Ce lib ee Description. This beautiful little fish is nearly elliptical in form, with both its ventral and dorsal outlines strongly arched. The head is flat, broad between the orbits, with the snout round and broad for the size of the head, and having several pores. The eye is very large, and is placed one diameter of its orbit from the snout, one diameter and a half from the extremity of the opercle, with its lower margin about the median plane of the head, and its upper near the facial outline, though it does not encroach upon it. The nostrils are large ; the posterior and larger, is very near the orbit. The pre-opercle is short and scarcely rounded at its angle. The opercle is large, with its broad base in front and its apex behind truncated and furnished with a fleshy appendix. The sub-opercle is:very narrow, but the inter-opercle is broad. These bones, as well as the cheeks, are covered with scales, but the head above smooth. The mouth is very small, the posterior extremity of the upper jaw not reaching to the orbit. The lower jaw and intermaxillary bones are armed with a row of slender, conical, sharp-pointed, recurved teeth, and within this, is a small patch of minute, villiform teeth. ‘The vomer and palate bones are also furnished with small groups of similar minute teeth. The pharyngeal bones are covered with paved teeth of different sizes. The dorsal fin is long and very much elevated ; it begins just behind the opercle, terminates at the caudal fin, and has nine spines, with twelve long branched rays. The pectoral is long and has ten rays. The ventral arises nearly with the pec- toral, and ends with it behind; it is much elevated and has three spines and eleven soft rays. The caudal is full, slightly rounded, and has seventeen rays. The scales are small, unguiform, though very convex behind and broadest in the vertical direction. The lateral line runs about the superior fourth of the body, and is concurrent with the dorsal arch, to the end of the root of the dorsal fin, when it descends to the median plane. HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, & Or to Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The distance between the opercle and the tip of the tail, is equal to » two heads and three quarters; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin, is one and three quarters of a head; total length, three and a half inches. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. St. John’s river, Florida. BRYTTUS GLORIOSUS. Plate V. Fig. 4. SpeciFic CHARACTERS. Body olive brown above; yellowish white below; head, body, dorsal and anal fins marked with numerous golden spots; a black blotch at the opercular appendix, and at the root of the caudal fin. D.9-11. P.14. V. 1-5. A. 3-10. C. 17. Description. This beautiful little fish is like the last described animal, elliptical in form, arched both at the dorsal and ventral outline, although rather less so at the latter. The head is small, short, with the snout narrow, though rounded, the occiput broad, and there is no contraction between the orbits. The eye is large; it is placed one diameter of its orbit from the snout, two diameters from the angle of the opercle, with its lower margin at the median plane of the head, and its upper nearly half a diameter of the orbit from the facial outline. The nostrils are on a line within the orbit ; the posterior and larger is very near the orbit, and the anterior midway between it and the snout. The pre-opercle is short,rand scarcely, if at all rounded at its angle. The opercle is small, subtriangular, its apex behind and furnished with a slight fold of skin. The sub-opercle is large and nearly of the same breadth throughout. The inter-opercle is also large, and all are covered with scales, though the top of the head is smooth. The mouth is very small; the lower jaw, and intermaxillary bones are armed with numerous, ‘minute, villiform teeth ; the vomer, and palate bones have similar teeth, but smaller. The dorsal fin is long and much elevated, especially in its soft portion; it begins about the anterior fourth of the pectoral, or rather before it, and ends at the root of the caudal; it has nine spines, and eleven branched rays. The pectoral arises ina line vertical with the end of the opercle, and extends to the anal fin ; it has fourteen rays. The ventral begins nearly in a line with the pectoral, and extends as far back ; it has one spine, and five branched rays. The anal fin begins opposite the root of the second soft dorsal ray, extends to the caudal, and is full and rounded like the dorsal fin ; it has three spines and ten branched rays. The caudal is large and rounded slightly; — it has seventeen rays. The scales are large, rounded and ciliated behind, and nearly straight before. The a | 19 © HOLBROOk, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &e. lateral line runs along the upper fourth of the body and concurrent with the dorsal outline to the extremity of the root of the dorsal fin, when it descends to the median plane. . Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The length from the extremity of the opercle to the tip of the tail is equal to three heads; the greatest elevation, without the dersal fin, to one and a half heads; iotal length two inches and three quarters. GEOGRAPHICAL DistrisuTiIon. S. Carolina, Georgia, and at Dr. Edmund Ravenel’s plantation, on Cooper River. Genus CALLIURUS, Rafinesque. Cuaracters. Body oval, rather elongated, not compressed above, spinous dorsal long, low, with a slight depression between it and the soft portion, which is shorter though higher ; anal less in size than the dorsal, and with three spines; mouth large ; lower jaw, longer than the upper; teeth on the intermaxillary, vomer, palatine bones and tongue. CALLIURUS FLORIDENSIS. clatemNi ee iiiae le SPECIFIC CHARACTERS. Body elongated compressed ; dusky above, yellowish below, with black spots along the sides; anal and caudal fins dusky; dorsal, with a reddish brown spot at its posterior inferior margin. D. 10-10. P.14. V.1-5. A. 3-10. Cry. Descrietion. This fish approaches in its general form the Pomotis vulgaris, though it is longer and less elevated, and is thicker, especially in front of the dorsal fin. The head is large, and though narrow between the eyes has asnout full and rounded. The eye is large and is placed one diameter of its orbit from the snout, and rather more than two diameters from the extremity of the opercle, with its superior margin at the facial line, and its inferior rather above the middle plane of the head. The posterior nostril is oval, near the eye and about its median plane; the anterior is smaller, round and midway between the eye and the snout. The pre-opercle is rounded at the angle, with its ascending border nearly vertical. The opercle is triangular, with its basis in front, its apex behind, rounded and furnished with a very short fleshy appendix. The sub-opercle is of nearly the same breadth throughout; the inter-opercle is broad, and both are covered with large scales, but the cheeks and opercles have small scales, and the top of the head is smooth. The mouth is large; the posterior ex- 14 54 HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. tremity of the upper jaw reaching to the middle of the orbit; the lower jaw is the the larger, and makes part of the facial outline when the mouth is closed. The lower jaw and the intermaxillary bones are armed with small, pointed, closely set teeth, re- curved and placed in a broad group with an outer row of larger, conical, and pointed teeth. The vomer is furnished with a small, arrow-headed patch of very minute teeth, and the palate bones with a narrow band of similar teeth. The tongue is broad, and armed with a patch of similar teeth or asperities. The dorsal fin is long, but not much elevated; it has ten spines, the anterior short, the sixth and seventh longest, and ten branched rays longer than the spines. The pectoral is rather broad ; it begins just at the back of the opercle and terminates at the root of the second anal spine, and has fourteen rays. ‘The ventral arises nearly with the pectoral, and ends rather behind the vent; it has one stout spine and five soft rays. The anal arises opposite the root of the ninth dorsal fin and terminates in a rounded extremity with it behind; it has three spines, the anterior short, the others long and stout, and ten branched rays. The caudal is large, broad, slightly notched behind, and has seventeen rays. The scales are large, quadrilateral, straight and broadest before, rounded and ciliated behind. ‘The lateral line runs parallel with the dorsal arch to the extremity of the dorsal fin, whence it descends to the median plane. Cotor. See Specifie Characters. Drvensions. The distance from the opercle to the tip of the tail is equal to two heads and a half; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin, is equal to one head and one eighth ; total length, ten inches. GEOGRAPHICAL DistripuTion. St. John’s river, Florida. GENERAL REMARKS. This fish, though it bears a close resemblance to the Calliurus maculatus of Rafinesque, may be distinguished from it by the breadth of the bands of its vomerine and palatine teeth ; by the larger scales, and by the lesser thickness of its body in front of the dorsal fin. Specimen in the collection of Prof. Agassiz. Genus PIMELODUS, Cuvier. PIMELODUS MARMORATUS. Plate VI. Fig. 4. SPECIFIC CHARACTERS. Body dusky above, with a purple tint; sides pale slate color, with dark spots and blotches; belly milky white; dorsal, ventral, and caudal fins with dark spots near their roots; barbels eight. D. 1—6. P.1-—7. V. 8. ING DO Alois Ot HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &e. BY Description.—The head is large, broad, rather convex above, compressed at the sides, with the snout very full and rounded. The eye is small; it is placed twice its diameter from the snout, 52 diameters from the extremity of the opercle, with its lower margins near the median plane of the head. The anterior nostril is tubular, and very near the snout; the posterior is a fissure in the root of the nasal barbel. The pre-opercle is large, strong, and semicircular. The opercle is long, narrow with its angle somewhat prolonged. The opening of the mouth is very large trans- versely ; the lower jaw and intermaxillary bone are each armed with a semicircular patch of card-like, conical, and pointed teeth, arranged in several series; the tongue is stout, thick, broad and covered with papillee near the tip and at the sides. The superior pharyngeal bones are covered with numerous pointed, villiform teeth, and a few teeth of rather larger size in front, with recurved points; the inferior pharyngeal has an oblong patch of minute, card-lke, pointed, and nearly straight teeth. There are eight barbels, all black and rather slender. ‘The maxillary is long, extending to the middle of the pectoral fin, and is flattened at its root. The nasal is delicate; it extends midway between the snout and the angle of the opercle; there are four mental barbels equidistant from each other, but the two external are one fourth longest. The dorsal fin is elevated; it arises on a line with the posterior fourth of the pectoral, and has one spine, which is serrated on its anterior margin, and six branched rays; the soft dorsal is rather large, and is placed opposite the posterior half of the ‘anal fin. The pectoral is large; it arises rather in front of the termination of the opercle, and ends with the root of the last dorsal soft ray; it has one spine, somewhat flattened, and serrated at its anterior margin; there are seven soft rays. ‘The ven- tral is short and placed far back, and extends to the root of the second anal ray; it has eight branched rays. The anal is large, elevated and long, though it ends before the root of the caudal; it has twenty-two rays. The caudal fin is large, broad, and nearly square at its tip, and has eighteen rays. SpLANCHNOLUGY.—Tie liver is very large, thick, and entire in front, but terminating in two lobes behind; from each side of the anterior central portion projects a lobule, into the corresponding hypochondrium, which are here represented by cavities lined with peritoneum, and as these cavities are contracted at their orifice, they seem at first view to be exterior to the common cayity of the abdomen. The gall bladder is large, subpyriform, and is concealed by the right Jobe of the liver. The stomach is broad before, narrower, but thicker in its walls behind; it extends to about the middle of the abdominal cavity, and is then reflected forward to form the pyloric portion ; it has numerous folds of mucous membrane, and the pyloric valve is well marked. The small intestine is twice as long as the animal itself, and has numerous convolutions. The rectum is broader than the small intestine, shorter, and without a fold or valve. The kidneys are large and consist of two portions; one flat, ribbon-like, and 10) HOLBROOK, FISHES GF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. placed along the spine, the other large, triangular, with its base lunate, and partly beneath the air bladder, though the greater portion is bebind it. There is no urinary bladder. ‘The air bladder is very large, sub-cordiform, though it is rounded behind, and not very deeply notched before. Its outer wall is thick, firm, shining, silvery; its cavity is not entire, but is partially divided. Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The distance between the angle of the opercle and the tip of the tail is equal to three heads and one eighth; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin is equal to three fourths of a head; total length nine inches. ) GEOGRAPHICAL Distrizution. Altamaha, Georgia. The original specimen is in the collection of Prof. Agassiz, at Cambridge, Massachusetts. Sub-family ETHEOSTOMATA, Agassiz.* CHARACTERS.—Head small, but in some elongated, in others rounded or truncated; mouth variable in size; teeth very minute; only one suborbital bone, the anterior ; no pseudobranchie ; no air bladder ; scales proportionally large. RemArKS.—This is a sub-family of Cottoids and includes only small or medium- sized fishes, which are somewhat related to the Gobide. It embraces, as it now stands, four genera, Etheostoma, Rafinesque; Pileoma and Boleosoma, De Kay; and Peecilostoma, Agassiz. BOLEOSOMA, De Kay. CHARACTERS.—Head short, compressed, round in section of a circle; mouth small, horizontal, slightly protractile ; opercular apparatus covered with scales ; opercle with a small spine; branchial rays six. RemArks.—Although De Kay placed this genus among the Percide, yet he was aware that it did not properly belong to that family. As he says. it “contains no genus combining the characters of two dorsal fins and six branchial rays ;’+ and he further observes that Boleosoma approaches in the form of its head, etc., to Htheos- toma. Botnosoma, BARRATTI. SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Head, neck and body compressed ; head with greenish tints at the opercle ; body above pale brown; belly white ; a longitudinal row of subround dusky spots on the sides; second dorsal and anal fins with dusky points arranged in lines. D0 ie Pal 2 Ve "5. AL OF Cra * Lake Superior, ete., p. 298. t Nat. Hist. N. Y.—Part [V., p. 21. HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. a7 Description.—The body is elongated, slender, compressed, and thicker below than above. ‘The head is small, short, compressed, narrow between the eyes, with the snout rounded and full, though not so broad as the occiput; it is smooth above, though covered with scales on the sides. The eye is very large, and is placed half the diameter of its orbit from the snout, and two diameters from the angle of the opercle, with its inferior margin below the median plane of the head, and its superior at the facial outline. The posterior nostril is very near the eye, at the end of the superciliary ridge. The mouth is small, hardly reaching to the eye; the lower jaw is nearly as long as the upper, though its teeth are received within it when the mouth is shut ; both are armed, as well as the vomer and pharyngeal bones, with numerous, minute, closely set, pointed, recurved teeth. The preopercle is so rounded as to present no angle ; the opercle is small, triangular with its base before and its apex behind, and is armed with a slender, delicate spine ; the subopercle and interopercle are large. The anterior dorsal fin begins in a line vertical with the anterior third of the pec- toral, extends to the vent, and has ten spines; the posterior is more elevated, and has eleven rays. The pectoral arises a little behind the opercle, and extends to the root of the ninth dorsal spine ; it is slender, and has twelve rays. The ventral begins at some distance behind the origin of the pectoral fin, but extends beyond it; it is long, slender, has one delicate spine and five soft rays. ‘The anal begins slightly behind the origin of the posterior dorsal fin, and terminates with it behind; it has ten soft rays. The caudal is long, narrow, rounded behind, and has fourteen rays. The lateral line runs along the superior fourth of the body to the end of the anterior dorsal fin, whence it gradually descends to the median plane of the tail. Cotor. See Specific Characters. Dimensions. The length from the opercle to the tip of the tail is equal to four heads; the greatest elevation without the dorsal fin, to three-fourths of a head; total length three inches. GEOGRAPHICAL Distripution. Florida and Georgia. GrenerAL Remarks. This beautiful little species I have dedicated to Dr. John P. Barratt, of Abbeville District, South Carolina, an excellent Naturalist, who has done much for the advancement of Zoology and Botany. 1) HOLBROOK, FISHES OF FLORIDA, GEORGIA, &c. BXPLANATION OF BLATEHS: PLATE V. Iie. 1, Pomotis elongatus, and scales. 2; “* _speciosus, «“ “<3, Bryllus fasciatus « So 4h “¢ eloriosus me PLATE V1. , Collurus Floridanus. , Pomotis marginatus. — , Beleosoma Barretti, with outline of head and teeth. , Pimelodus marginatus, with front outline of head. [ 39] Arr. VI.—Researches on the Cryptogamic Flora of the State of Georgia. By Pror. JuLien DeEsy. Notice I.—On THE ORGANIZATION AND Morpronoay or CHLAMIDOCOCCUS PLUVIALIS.—Plate VII. The study of cryptogamic botany has had but few votaries, and may yet be consi- dered as in its infancy. During later years only has the microscope been applied to the examination of these often minute but highly interesting productions, and although some very able men have thrown considerable light on this difficult branch of natural history, much remains yet to be done by future observers. I have paid considerable attention to this subject while in Kurope and during my travels in Central America, and have acquired a certain knowledge of the Fungi and Algze which emboldens me to furnish to those interested in such subjects, a few notes illustrative of such species as I have observed since my short residence in the United States. Every fact stated I have seen myself, but being here in the “up country,” without the necessary literary help, I may, perhaps, in some cases, be led to describe as new, things already known to the public. I have to beg indulgence in behalf of my isolated position. If any of my observations be thought interesting or in- structive I shall be sufficiently rewarded for my labors. ‘ It may he well here to state that the microscope I make use of is a good instru- ment, (of large size,) of Oberhauser’s, in Paris. It was made five years ago, has very clear glasses, and three amplifying powers. I shall, in this first notice, give a short account of a plant I have before met with in Belgium,* and which I have lately discovered in this country also, namely, Chla- midococecus pluvialis, one of the most interesting of fresh water algee, although one of the minutest. I have found Chlamidococcus in the counties of Cass and Rabun, in the hollows of rocks exposed to the influence of all the atmospheric changes, and which were liable, during rainy weather, to be filled with water and to dry up completely during seasons of drought. The Chlamidococcus pluvialis is synonymous with the Hzematococcus pluvialis of Flotow, and Protococcus pluvialis of Kiitzing. This genus is very nearly allied to Chla- “ I first discovered it at Bloquement, near Dinant, in the province of Namur, in water from the gutter from the roof of my father’s house. 60 DEBY’S RESEARCHES ON THE CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA midomonas and to Gleococcus, and, if I mistake not, one of its forms is identical with the Diselmis viridis, described by Dujardin in his Natural History of Infusoria, as an animal. Kiitzing mentions this species in his work entitled “ Ueber die Verwandlung der Infusorien in neideren Algenformen (Nordhausen, 1844),” and gives it as an example of the impossibility that exists of separating distinctly the animal from the vegetable kingdoms. Von Flotow (in Nova Acta Academ. Nature curiosus, Vol. xx., p. 11, 1844,) has given a long account of it, but his work contains many errors of observation and of induction. Alex. Braun (Betrachtungen tiber die Erscheinung der Verjiingung in der Natur. Leipzig, 1851,) has, in divers portions of his book, given, in a fragmentary form, by far the most elaborate treatise on Chlamidococcus with which we are acquainted. His observations are most accurate and interesting.* I have been happy enough to fill up some gaps in the history of this minute am- phibolical plant, and shall give as complete an account of this species of Alga as it is in my power. Chlamidococcus is found, in dry weather, forming a dirty, brownish or reddish tena- ceous crust, spread in the small hollows of rocks; itmay be scraped off with a knife. If put into water it very soon softens, and we find it to be formed of a number of simple round cells. These cells are all of one kind; their diameter varies from 1-10th to 1-36th of a millimetre, their outer membrane is thick, their contents finely granular, and of a reddish color, nearly opaque. Inside we find from two to six grains of amylon (fecula) whose diameter does not exceed the 1-120th of a millimetre, as a max- imum, and which were first recognised as such by Alex. Braun, who says that he has discerned in their centre a speck (nucleolus) which turns reddish by the application of the tincture of iodine, whereas the remainder of the amylon grain takes the charac- teristic tint of fecula. This would indicate a proteine substance in a thick coating of amylon. In the middle of the cell, (but very difficult of observation, on account of its opa- city) is found a large, delicate cytoblast. Fig. 1. All the round cells above described are, by the ordinary tests, found to be formed, like nearly all other cells, by two coatings : an exterior one of gelin} and an interior [* I regret not having been able to consult Prof. Morren’s Physiological Researches on the Belgian Iydro- phytes, namely, his fifth memoir on the History of the Genus Heaematococcus of Agardh, not having been able to procure this work. + Several kinds of cellular membrane are usually confounded under the name of cellulose: I recognise as these principle forms: Ist. The amyl cell membrane, which turns blue by the simple applicaticn of tincture of iodine. 2nd, The gelin cell membrane, which only turns blue by the combined action of sulphuric acid and the tincture of iodine. 3d. The bassorin cell membrane, which takes a brown or yellow coloring by the preceding tests. 4th. ‘lhe protein cell membrane, which takes a rich orange tint by the tincture of iodine, but can he distinguished from the bassorin cell membrane by its behaviour when treated with hot nitric acid. The three first of these seem to be identical in chemical composition, having for formula C!2 H2° Ol, or what is the same OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA. evn one (Primordialschlauch) firmly adhering to the inner surface of the exterior one, and which remains visible after the first has become entirely destroyed by a prolonged immersion in sulphuric acid. The outer membrane will often slip off during the experiment, as seen in fig. 2. Besides the larger grains of amylon already mentioned a considerable number of very minute ones are seen as small specks adhering to the coating of protoplasma, which constitutes the primordialschlauch. Following with care the successive changes in these reddish cells, we observe, first, that the red color retires from the outer part of the cell, so as to concentrate, as it were, around the central cytoblast, leaving a zone of a paler color around the peri- phery, as seen in fig. 3. Soon after this a separation of the cell contents takes place, and two new cells (secondary cells) are seen to have been formed in the interior of the parent cell. These are fixed, round, and have a nucleus. Fig. 4. This takes place during the first, second, or third night after the immersion. Very shortly after- wards these two younger cells again divide into two others (tertiary cells), so that one primitive cell now contains four smaller ones. Fig. 5. The four newly formed tertiary cells are very different from the primary one which produced them ; they do not exceed the quarter of the latter one in size; their shape is oval; they are red, with a paler yellow ring, Fig 6. But the most interesting fact is the existence, at the narrower extremity, of two hyaline, flagelliform appen- dages, which, by their continual motions, give to the plant a rapid rotatory, slightly undulating, progressive motion through the water, Fig. 7. These processes are analogous or identical with what has been observed in Cidogonium, Vaucheria, Vol- vox, Gleococcus, Chlamidococcus, Botryocystis, Gonium, Pandorina and other alge. Their length exceeds the diameter of the cell that bears them; they are transparent, very slender and only distinctly visible when their motion is stopped. The flagelli- form appendages seem to be formed by an exsudation or prolongation of the primor- dialschlauch, through the outer cell-membrane, being to all appearance wanting in the young cells. The Chlamidococcus have generally a rotatory motion from right to left, but they occasionally turn in the opposite direction, as I have distinctly noticed. These ovate flagel-bearing tertiary cells are endowed with motion for a period which C12 H16 08 + 2H? O; the protein is formed of insoluble 0° H?> N+ 010+ from 1 to 8 of S. Besides the above we may admit, 5th, the gelacin cell membrane, which takes a lively green color by immersion in strong acids. 6th. The eugelacin cell membrane of Kiitzing, which becomes red by the action of acids and blue by that of alkalies. 7th. The pollenin cell membrane, found on pollen grains and many spores. 8th. I'he suberin cell membrane. These two last both contain a certain proportion of nitrogen, and are unaltered by the ordinary tests. And, lastly, 9th. The lignin cell membrane which gives the same reactions as the bassorin cell membrane, but seems to have a different composition, namely, according to Mulder Cl? H!¢ O8, or according to Gay Lussac and Thenard, 0&4 H88 039, It appears to be bassorin, minus two equivalents of water. The suberin, or cork cell membrane, has for formula C15 H12 018 N¢. 16 62 DEBY’S RESEARCHES ON THE CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA does not exceed three days, and is dependent on the state of the atmosphere. They gradually grow to four times the primitive size, and as they grow, the narrower ex- tremity lengthens into a kind of beak, or rostrum, which bears the two flagels. This rostrum is always transparent, empty, and is incapable of any kind of motion. Fig. 7. The whole cell has a pyriform appearance. It has, from the first period of its existence, secreted an external transparent delicate membrane, which widens and expands every hour, Fig 8. This outer covering seems to be of a gelatinous or semifluid amorphous nature (probably gelatinous gelin). As this outer membrane developes itself it gradually encloses the flagelliform appendages, and proportionately slackens their motions, so as at last to stop these altogether, Fig. 9. These cells are the gonidia of some botanists, the macrogonidia of Braun. By degrees the red matter in these gonidia concentrates around their central nucleus, and the outer paler zone acquires a green color. In this green portion (gela- | tinous chlorophyll) may be seen, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, larger amylon grains, besides smaller specks of the same substance mixed with minute drops of oil, and still minuter par- ticles of globulinar chlorophyll. Fig. 10. These cells, if submitted to the ordinary tests, (iodine and sulphuric acid) show that the outer wide membrane is composed of gelin, the quite interior one which is closely applied to the inner surface of the latter being protoplasma (protein substance). The internal green chloryphyll remain unaltered by the tests, but the red portion seems to divide into a number of separate globules, which acquire a deeper and more intense coloring, indicating the presence of protein substance, probably mixed with some oily or waxy compound and some peculiar coloring substance. The coloring matter is soluble in rectified oil of turpentine and in ether, and is, perhaps, a mixture of Erythrophyll and Xanthophyll. These two substances have been proved by Mulder and by Kiitzing to be formed by the disoxygenation of the chlorophyll under the influence of strong light, of cold, and of other causes. The coloring matter of the Chlamidococcus differs from all other red coloring matters in plants (known to me) by its not being turned blue by the action of alkalies. The chemical structure of the outer coverings of these adult gonidia show that these cells of Chlamidococcus differ considerably from the swimming spores of many other algee, which I believe to be (as asserted by Kiitzing, Grundziige der philosophi- schen Botanik, p. 295) in nearly all cases, formed externally by an unprotected pro- tein membrane, which it is easy to distinguish from the bassorin cell membrane of the parenchym cells of many cryptogamia by boiling with nitric acid and adding ammonia. Hach of the first gonidia (cells of the first swimming generation, or cells of tertiary formation) finally becomes stationary, the outer gelin covering hindering all further motions of its flagels. These now disappear, being seemingly re-absorbed into the general coating of protoplasma. The wide outer covering remains unaltered. The OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA. 63 larger amylon grains which, until now, had been distinct, disappear. Fig. 11. Between midnight and morning a longitudinal division of the cell takes place, which divides it into two fixed, immovable cells (cells of quaternary formation.) Fig. 12,a. Very shortly after this (one or two hours after) these last formed cells are each in their turn seen to subdivide into two active gonidia furnished with flagelliform appendages. Fig. 12, 6. These last (cells of quinary formation) move actively even before leaving the envelop of the mother cell, but before dawn finally break through it. They then — live the same independent lives that the first swimming gonidia had led, and go on moving actively for two or three days. This,second generation of flagel-bearing gonidia differs from the first only in being green from the onset, each cell having at its birth and ever afterwards a small, red, central mass; whereas, be it remembered, the first generation of active gonidia were red at first, and only acquired a green color some time after their liberation from the mother cell. Figs. 13, 14. After a period of from 48 to 72 hours (and always during the hours of darkness,) the second generation of motive gonidia each separate into two immovable cells, (6th formation, Fig. 16,) each of which in their turn divide into two new motive gonidia, (gonidia of third generation, 7th cell formation. Fig. 17.) This takes place in exactly the same manner as in the preceding generation, and this multiplication goes on iden- tically and uninterruptedly for a period of about six weeks, producing in that space of time from twelve to nineteen successive generations of motive gonidia. The latter formed generations often differ somewhat from the first in having the central red spot nearly obsolete or altogether wanting; (fig. 18,) and in some cases as first seen by Von Flotow, in containing large internal hollow spaces, which displace the green lining of gelatinous chlorophyll, giving a lacunose appearance to the cell. Fig. 19. These internal vacuoles sometimes displace the central red mass, and render it parietal, so as to make it resemble an eye, and give to Chlamidococcus the appear- ance of a Chlamidomonas. Fig. 20. The green gonidia are very sensible to light, they collect in greater numbers in that part of the vase they are held in, which receives the sun’s rays. Their respiration is identical with that of other green plants, i. e., they disengage oxygen during the day and carbonic acid during the night. This fact was noticed by Ehrenberg with respect to Chlamidomonas, without his suspecting, however, its vegetable nature, as he describes it as having eggs, an eye and a testicle, which are nothing else than the grains of amylon, the red mass, and the cytoblast we have spoken of above, and which exist as well in Chlamidomonas as in Chlamido- coccus. Hach of the gonidia of the 19th or last of the motive generations, gives birth to two immovable green cells, each of which shortly after is in its turn divided into two other cells, but which, differently from what has been taking place in all the pre- ceding generations, are unproductive of a new generation of cells. 64 DEBY’S RESEARCHES ON THE CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA These last cells soon take a rounded form, become immovable, attain gradually their full size, absorb their flagelliform appendages, lose their wide outer membrane, cover themselves with a tenaceous and thick cell membrane, turn gradually to yellowish, then to red, or to a brownish-red hue, and now all organic functions seem to lie dormant in them for awhile. Fig. 21. If these red cells be submitted to the action of iodine and sulphuric acid, they again take a green color. I attribute this to the fact that the gelin coating is turned blue and the protein coating yellow by these tests, the combination of which two colors forms green, but this is only hypothetical. In some accidental cases the last generations of gonidia, instead of following the above mentioned order of phenomena, divide rapidly into 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 smaller gonidia, which are at first aggregate inside the mother cell which has produced them. (Fig. 22.) They, however, ultimately break loose and swim about freely for some time, without seeming either to grow larger or to produce new cells. These are the Micro- gonidia of Alex. Braun; they vary from ;;; to 5; of a millimetre in diameter, have two flagelliform appendages, are of a yellowish or yellowish-green color, and have the rostrum slightly reddish. Fig. 23. The larger fixed red cells formed by the last (19th) generation of gonidia remain dormant for an indefinite period if left in water. They even seem to die and decompose if left there for a great length of time. But if the water they are contained in be slowly evaporated to dryness in the sun, be it only for a few hours, and fresh water be poured over them, new life is soon manifested, and generally by the next morning fresh gonidia (of primary generation) will be found fully developed and swimming actively about. These will go through the whole series of vegetative phenomena we have above described, and prepare a future generation of fixed cells, destined in their turn to perpetuate indefinitely the existence of this species of plant. If, instead of immersing the immovable, dormant red cells in water, we simply keep them in a state of dampness for some hours, they will generally divide into two fixed cells (of secondary formation), these in turn will divide into four (of tertiary formation and corresponding with the first generation of appendiculated gonidia) fixed, globular, unappendaged cells; then again into two (quaternary), then, last, into two (quinary) others, and so on for a considerable period of time, which I have not followed out, but which is, most hkely dependant upon temperature and the quantity of water furnished. These cells rarely attain above half the size of the primitive mother cell, they are generally globular, of a reddish-brown color, and always destitute of flagelliform ap- pendages. In the same way that the last swimming gonidia return to the form and nature of the parent cell—so do the last generations of this abnormal form of Chlamidococcus also produce larger cells of a thicker and darker color, which cannot be distinguished OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA. 65 from the primitive mother cell, and which, after desiccation, are also capable of repro- ducing all the above described series of phenomena; on which account they must be considered as identical in functions and nature. In the last named form of Chlamidococcus, in which none of the cells are motive, the wide, outer membrane, which in the normal type envelopes each gonidia, is also secreted, but the divers cells being very close to one another, the consequence is that this gelatinous matter finally forms an apparently continuous amorphous crust of a pale yellowish color, in which the successive generations of cells are immersed. Chlamidococcus is now indistinguishable, by a cursory examination, from the genus Pleurococcus, Fig. 24. Braun, who has noticed these two modes of growth, noticed also that in the last described form, the production of 4, 8, 16, 32, &c., microgonidia took place occasionally just as described in the more perfect form of Chlamidococcus, but these microgonidia are globular and unappendaged, Fig. 29. I believe that in both cases the production of microgonidia must be attributed to quite accidental causes, such as a diseased state of the producing cell, a peculiar tenacity of its outer membranes, or an over-excited formative power brought on by unknown causes. If this were not the case these microgonidia would not die away without producing fur- ther generations or acquiring the ultimate dimensions of macrogonidia, which they are never known to do. CONCLUSIONS. The curious vegetation of Chlamidococcus above described may be understood in two different ways : 1. We may imagine every cell, (be it primitive mother cell or motive gonidia) as a spore, or complete individual plant, and admit that as in the lower classes of animals we have here “ alternations of generations.” By changing the word animal into the word plant, Steenstrup’s description of this singular fact would read as follows: “ Alternation of generations, or the remarkable phenomenon of a plant producing offspring, which at no time resembles its parent, but which, on the other hand, brings forth a progeny, which returns in itsform and nature to the parent, so that the maternal plant does not meet with its resemblance in its own brood, but in the descendants of the second, third, fourth or(. . . nth) degree of generation; and this always takes place in the different plants which exhibit the phenomenon, in a determinate genera- tion, or with the intervention of a determinate number of generations, &c.” (See J. J. Steenstrup, Altern. of Gener., translated by George Busk, 1845, Ray Society.) Now, in Chlamidococcus, we may suppose we have a primitive plant (first red, fixed cell) producing an offspring (motive gonidia) which at no time resembles the parent, but brings forth a progeny which returns (after several generations) im its form and nature, to the parent cell, so that the maternal Chlamidococcus does not meet its resemblance in 17 66 DEBY’S RESEARCHES ON THE CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA. its own brood, but in its descendants of the 14th or 15th compound generation. We might carry on this comparison much further, but as we believe it to be a simple analogy with the facts stated by Steenstrup as existing in the Meduse, Polypes, Corallines, &c., and no identity, we prefer not prolonging here what we consider to be useless and sterile discussion, and we shall at once pass to the second manner of in- vestigating the matter, which seems more consistent with philosophical induction as applied to Algology. 2. All plants are produced by the multiplication of a simple cell, which in the cryptogamia is called a spore. If we follow out the subsequent development of such a spore, we observe it generally to produce a succession of vegetative cells (not spores), until having at last attained maturity, (having produced a determined number of such cells) it forms one or several peculiar cells of a different nature from the antece- dent one. These last are the real spores destined to produce a new succession of vegetative cells, and after these a second generation of spores. The cells formed ante- riorly to the spores are generally connected together by cohesive or intercellular sub- stance, so as to form a parenchymatous mass, or thallus. The formation and deposi- tion of cells may take place according to three dimensions of space. It may take place in length (in a linear direction), and we have a filamentous (articulated) thallus, as in Conferva, Zygnema, &c. It may take place in length and in breadth simulta- neously, and we have a foliaceous thallus, as in the Ulvace, &c.; or, lastly, it may take place in length, breadth, and height (thickness) at the same time, and we obtain a massive parenchymatous thallus, which may be regular or irregular. In the development of Chlamidococcus in a damp place, or when kept humid, as above described, we have an exemplification of an alga produced by an ordinary spore, and consisting in an irregular foliaceous thallus, which, after growing for a determined time (by production of new vegetative cells) dies away, all but the last formed spores, which remain dormant until called into life by external circumstances. May we not consider also the development of the Chlamidococcus, immersed in water, as a growing plant, in which the ordinary vegetative cells are free (instead of being united into a so-called compact thallus) andin which the terminal or last formed cells, just as in other algze, end by giving birth to spores? I think analogy and mor- phological considerations lead to the adoption of this manner of viewing the subject. In fixed alge the cells are immovable, and united to one another in the thallus; in the form under consideration they differ only in being free and being furnished with prolongations of the inner cell membrane, which give them for a short period limited locomotive powers. In the crustaceous form of Chlamidococcus, where these flagel- liform organs would be useless, we find them to be wanting, and yet the plant is fertile that is, bears at last well-formed spores at the surface of its thallus, so that we may consider these curious appendages of very secondary importance in the organic OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA. 67 economy of this plant. According to the above expressed views I would define ,Chlamidococcus as a plant formed by a successiwely deliquescent and evanescent thallus, each vegetative cell of which is free, 1s endowed with an independent motion (produced by two lengthened flagelliform appendages) and has an independent life. Kach new gene- ration of four cells being accompanied by the destruction of the precedingly formed part of the thallus which has produced it. The terminal (or last formed) cells of this vague thallus produce globular, fixed, unappendaged red spores. These spores con- tain from two to six large grains of amylon and acentral cytoblast. The fully developed evanescent parenchym ? cells of the thallus? are green, with a red central - (not parietal) mass, in the middle of which is situated the cell nucleus. In an aberrant form this alga constitutes a continuous, non-evanescent thallus, in which the cells are globular, unappendiculated, and united by an amorphous inter- cellular substance. This discoid thallus produces at its periphery (surface), spores identical with those generated by the typical form. I believe the above definition to be consistent with the strictest laws of analogy, as applied to the morphology of the lower plants ; if I have erred, I shall be sufficiently rewarded for my labors if I should have attracted the attention of other naturalists, and induced them to take up the study of this interesting branch of natural history. Linnzus has said, “ Nullus character infallibilis est ;” but however little encouraging this maxim may seem, it must not dishearten nature’s votary, who can only describe things to the best of his abilities, in a way concordant with the present state of science, and who must ever remember that perfection is the attribute of the Creator, not of the creature, and that human science is only a very small, fragmentary, shape- less particle of Omniscience, which last is beyond his reach. oH ay fi xvi ue he ot off rine ree ve a ) sts we Nie’ Slpka lasts ok We Mew cosine OE Te yh ee ty oh ahi ve My 4 - ps ; vot at TERE ot { is ait pies sive a = ‘ ag Ae ae a zt ; ye bias - ue HS ee AY r weed i ay. Orie My nhl . + : 5 ea" 2 z i 4 fy H r Bs r he % %) yal i iit j 3 f: = PL 7 be eee a ayy) 3 ohul' hs ada trl wipak Agate aay eae yi ren ides ak 4 a ‘hh ait a rf eonid) brute Ue huoaaryeic 44s Earp ith ria? Pia : : i | iy } r, iy: wi ia) Nua Wh i vias hy so Hae CL Npealtay ih ay (pea ae Pe \ AY (8 ast Ay ag Aah are Lacie. \ gut AS del Sede: bate ent adie oted My Pent had Ly Pt a Hye Yijton TY f i ” ae EEL Pt we At tq epee f . . , Lag ANS DTS ie Aan wei al e RTE EE i pike i ty se aN Aik Gul cia oe iy ee ; ’ ; 4 nis j R cM iy eid HR Sa +) | itd Teoh Wee: dbp Cu a boyy. 48 rita) Aver walnrn dl . { ‘ : ' : : + a ; \ id alwitea iar “ebieew a iy iv brradud. sobdileg , 4“, Pom # iin | te ie = ; sk iS mm De saris per on alae CLIGE etal ie ty ql Silichjain BY zit z fi j t att ai x HH) rats orl Nas th; hareeual } “ie y cee i A. ' } ‘3 ink Hii te rail [iz ‘7 , 4 iJ yo ooLN ee besiege. 2b bee 4 SAPO Pee ATi nays waite: , Agel 4 ee ai P , y j ray is 2 rons “AV a Nit ey on rc . fl ‘ 1 r a [ 69 J Art, VIL—Descriptions of New Species of Burds of the Genus SPERMESTES, Swainson, in the Musewm of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Joun Cassin. 1. SPERMESTES NiGRIcEPS. Cassin. Proc. Acad. Philada., VI., p. 185 (1852). Plate VIIL, fig. 1, male; 2, female. Form.—Small, bill large and strong, wing with the second primary slightly longest, tail short, but wide, and with the feathers broad. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) about 32 inches, wing 1%, tail 12 inches. Colors.—Male : head black, which color is extended to the breast aud sides of the body ; on the last (the sides) the black feathers are tipped with white. Middle of the abdomen and under coverts of the tail white. Back and wing coverts bright reddish chesnut, primaries black with minute spots of white on their outer webs, exposed portions of secondaries reddish chesnut, ramp black with minute white spots, tail black. Bill and feet (in skin) light colored. Female: entire plumage above brown, tinged with chesnut on the back, below pale brownish white, with a tinge of yellow, and with a few traces of black on the throat, primaries black edged with white, tail brownish black. Hab.—Zanzibar. Obs.—Of this handsome little species three specimens are in the museum of the Academy, and belonged to the Rivoli collection. All of them are marked as from Zanzibar. It is not in any considerable degree similar to any other species of this genus with which I am acquainted, but is spotted with white on the wings like Spermestes poensis. Fraser. 2. SPERMESTES FUSCANS, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. VI., p. 185 (1852). Plate VIII. fig. 3. Adult male? Form.—Small, robust, bill very strong, wing with the first, second and third quills very nearly equal, tail rather long, with the middle feathers longest. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) about 5% inches, wing 2, tail 2 inches. Colors.—Entire plumage dark chocolate brown, darker on the throat and around the base of the bill, inner webs of quills paler and nearly white. Bill, horn color. Hab.—Borneo. 18 70 CASSIN ON THE GENUS SPERMESTES. Obs.—Though several specimens of this bird in the museum of the Academy have been labelled in Europe “ F. nigerrima,” and “ F. aterrima”’, I have not succeeded in finding it described. It does not intimately resemble any other within my know- ledge, and may be easily recognized by its plain and uniform plumage. All the specimens are labelled as natives of Borneo. scaled ART. VIII.—WNotice of Fossils from the Carboniferous Series of the Western States, belonging to the genera SPiRIrER, BELLEROPHON, PLEUROTOMARIA, MACROCHEILUS, Narica, and Loxonema, with descriptions of eight new characteristic species. By Josepu G. Norwoop and Henry Prarren, of the Illinois Geological Survey. SPIRIFER, S. sprnosus, nob.—Plate IX. fig. 1, a, 6, 6 d. Shell rather small. Both valves very convex. The dorsal valve bears five or six rounded ribs on each side of the sinus. The ventral valve has four, and sometimes five, similar ribs on each side the central lobe. The lobe itself vesembles a large rib, being only-about double the size of those next to it on each side. The other ribs eradually diminish in size as they approach the cardinal border. They are covered with large and deep but irregular striz: of growth, which are most numerous near the margin. Besides these large imbricated striae some of the most perfect specimens are beautifully marked with finer concentric striz, visible only by the aid of a lens. The surface of the shell is irregularly covered with short, hollow spines, projecting at nearly right angles from their bases. On all the specimens yet met with the spines are broken, the longest fragments measuring about one-sixteenth of an inch. In addition to these spines, the whole shell, including the cardinal area, is covered with minute granules. Where these are rubbed off there is the appearance of small open- ings into the shell, giving it the aspect, somewhat, of being covered with a minute coral. Cardinal area, triangular; high ; a little shorter than the greatest breadth of the shell, and having sharp edges on the ventral valve only. The median slit is large and open, and occupies about one third of the space left free from the encroachment of the ribs of the dorsal valve. Dimensions.—Length, six tenths of an inch ; breadth, eight tenths. Comparisons and Differences.—This shell has nearly the form of the S. octoplicatus, of Sowerby, but differs in having fewer ribs; in the sinus of the dorsal valve being wide and rounded at its bottom; and also in all its ribs being rounded. When the epidermis is well preserved, the spines with which it is covered will readily distinguish it from all other species. . Geological Position and Localities.—This species occurs near the top of the mountain limestone, associated with Pentremites sulcatus, pyriformis, and florealis, Prodwctus 19 I bo NORWOOD AND PRATTEN, NOTICE OF FOSSILS FROM THE elegans, and Spirifer Fisherianus. It is very abundant at Chester, Illinois. It is also found in Pope county ; and in Missouri, opposite Hat Island. Explanation of the Figures—P\. TX. fig. 1,a. A specimen, showing the dorsal valve. b. The same, showing the ventral valve. c. Front view of the same. d. Magnified view of a portion of the same, showing the spines and tubercles. Illinois State Collection. S. Lerpy1, nob.—Plate IX. fig. 2, a, 6, ¢. Shell of medium size; extremely variable in form, some specimens being globose, while others are rather flattened. In young specimens the cardinal border is equal to the greatest breadth of the shell; in old ones the greatest breadth is towards the middle. The dorsal valve is furnished with a sinus, having sharp borders. It reaches to the beak, and opens under an angle of 16°. ‘There is one tolerably large rib at the bottom of the sinus, and on each side of it we find another, which is rather flattened, and placed like a step about midway from the middle rib to the top of rib bordering the sinus. On either side of this the ribs number from six to eight. Sometimes there are six or eight on one side and seven on the other. The varix of the ventral valve is strongly projected above the rest of the shell, although its height is diminished by a furrow which corresponds to the rib found at the bottom of the sinus of the other valve. On the sides of the varix there are step-like projections, similar to those found on the sides of the sinus. On a few specimens, however, these ribs are wanting on one side, but are never altogether absent. On each side of the varix there are from six to eight rounded ribs, similar to those on the dorsal valve. The ribs on both valves project strongly. Some of the specimens are beautifully marked, especially toward the front margin of the shell, by imbricating lines of increment. These are disposed in such a manner as to show that the shell increased faster in length than it did in breadth. Other individuals are entirely destitute of these markings. On all well preserved specimens the surface is covered with fine strize, only to be discovered un‘ler the lens. Some of these striz are parallel to the ribs, and others to the free borders of the shell, so that they cross each other, forming a kind of net-work. Those radiating from the beak are rather more prominent than the others. The cardinal area is of moderate height and triangular, the angle being 152°. It is covered with perpendicular and transverse strize. Deltoid aperture open, and of medium size. Dimensions.—Length, eight tenths of an inch; breadth, one inch. Comparisons and Differences——This species comes nearest to the 8. acuticostatus of De Koninck, but differs in its ribs, which are rounded, while those of the acuticostatus are sharp. The supplementary ribs on the sinus and varix will, however, at once distinguish it from that species. It is also a larger shell. CARBONIFEROUS SERIES OF THE WESTERN STATES. 73 Geological Position and Localities.—This fossil is common at Chester, Illinois, in the upper part of the Mountain Limestone, where it is associated with the S. spinosus. Although frequently met with at that locality, well preserved specimens are very rare. Explanation of the Figures.—P\. 1X. fig. 2, a. View of the dorsal valve of an adult individual. b. The same, showing the ventral valve. c. Front view of the same. Illinois State Collection. Dedicated to Prof. Joseph Leidy, of Philadelphia. S. Forsesit, nob.—Plate IX. fig. 3, a, 6, ¢. Shell of medium size; its greatest breadth being along the cardinal line. Dorsal valve rather more gibbous than the ventral, and furnished with a very shallow sinus, hardly amounting to a depression, but which is well defined by a large rib on each side. The sinus is formed of five ribs, the central one being large, with a smaller one on each side, which last spring, a short distance below the beak, from the large ones, which limit the sinus. On either side of the sinus there are from sixteen to twenty-two simple ribs, marked by undulating lines of growth. On the ventral valve the varix is not raised, but is limited by two furrows, wider and deeper than any others on the valve, except the central one of the varix, which corresponds to the large rib in the centre of the sinus of the opposite valve. The varix is formed by two ribs, which originate at the beak and bifurcate after proceeding a short distance, so that it is made up of two pairs of ribs, divided by the large central furrow. The remainder of the ribs on this valve are like those on the opposite one. Cardinal area unknown. Dimensions.—Length, nine tenths of an inch; breadth, two inches. Comparisons and Dijerences.—This species differs from the S. attenuatus of Sowerby, which it most nearly resembles, in having fewer ribs on the sinus, and a much less number on the whole extent of the shell; and also in the ribs being simple, while in the attenuatus they are dichotomous. It cannot be confounded with any other species known to us. Geological Position and Locality.—It occurs in the middle of the Mountain Lime- stone series, at Burlington, Iowa. We have not been able, so far, to obtain specimens from any other locality, nor have we found the two valves united. It is rare. Explanation of the Figures.—P\. IX. fig. 3,a. View of the dorsal valve. b. View of the ventral valve of another individual. c. View of the beak and hinge line of the dorsal valve. Illinois State Collection. 74 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN, NOTICE OF FOSSILS FROM THE BELLEROPHON. B. percArtnatus, Conrad. Plate IX. fig. 4, a, 4, ¢. This very beautiful shell, which was figured and described by Mr. Conrad in 1842, in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, old series, is figured here on account of its position in the coal measures of the west, as well as the greater size to which it attains in western localities. Geological Position and Localities—Found at Graysville, Illinois, and in Posey county, Indiana, five miles below New Harmony, in clay shales belonging to the coal measures. Explanation of the Figqures—P1. IX. fig. 4, a. Specimen of the natural size. View of the back. Fig. 4, 6. View of the mouth of the same. Fig. 4, c. The same, seen in profile. Illinois State Collection. B. MontrortrAnus, nob.—Plate IX. fig. 4, a, 8, c. This species belongs to the same section as the B. Urii of Fleming, being sulcated and not umbilicated. It is rather small, with the exception of the last whorl, the mouth part of which is enormously expanded, both in length and breadth. The shell is crossed from side to side by a series of large, wavy ridges, which are cut through in their centre by a deep longitudinal furrow. The ridges and furrow become obsolete on the expansion of the mouth. The entire surface is covered with fine longitudinal ribs, so numerous that it is almost impossible to number them. The mouth is, apparently, without a notch; exterior lip semicircular ; inner lip very much thickened, and, with the central parts, projects so far forwards as to form with the sides of the shell two semicircles. Geological Position and Localities—This is another most beautiful species belonging to the coal measures, and is found associated with the B. percarinatus and B. Uri at Galatia, Illinois, and five miles from New Harmony, Indiana. | On account of the extreme thinness and great expansion of the mouth, no entire specimen has been met with. The dotted outline has been given from an internal mould of the mouth which we were so fortunate as to obtain. Explanation of the Figures.—P\. IX. fig. 5, a. View of the back of an adult indi- vidual. Fig. 5, 6. View of the mouth of the same. Fig. 5, c. The same, seen in profile. Illinois State Collection. Named in honor of the founder of the genus. CARBONIFEROUS SERIES OF THE WESTERN STATES. 7) B. Uru, Fleming.—PI. IX. fig. 6, a, d, ¢. This figure is given on account of possessing a perfect mouth, which none of those figured by De Koninck and Phillips have. Geological Position and Localities——This species is very abundant in the coal measures, at Galatia and Grayville, Illinois, and on the Wabash, five miles below New Harmony, Indiana. Explanation of the Figures.—P1. 1X. fig. 6, a. View of the back. Fig. 6, 6. View of the mouth of the same. Fig. 6, c. The same seen in profile. Illinois State Collection. PLEUROTOMARIA. P. GRAYVILLENSIS, nob.—PI. IX. fig. 7, a, b. Shell small, being about half an inch in breadth and the same in length. Whorls five, flattened above; the body whorl rounded ,below. Spiral angle 102°. Shell covered with longitudinal lines, crossed by lines of growth, giving it the appearance of being garnished with small tubercles. The upper line of tubercles on each whorl, near the suture, is much more prominent than the others, forming a raised ornamental band. The band of the sinus is large, and separated from the inferior part by a fur- row. Mouth sub-quadrangular; exterior lip sharp; columella lip thickened, the columella terminating below in a point. Geological Position and Localities.—This species occurs in the coal measures, and is quite common in the shales near the mouth of Rush creek, Posey county, Indiana, and Grayville, Illinois. It is also found near Shawneetown, and in the neighborhood of Galatia, Saline county, Illinois. Explanation of the Figures.—Pl. IX. fig. 7, a. A specimen of the ordinary size, ex- hibiting a front view. Fig. 7, 6. The opposite side of the same. Illinois State Collection. P. CARBONARIA, 70b.—PI. IX. fig. 8. Shell of medium size. Length, 1 inch; breadth, 1 1-20th inch. Whorls five, rounded, covered with strongly raised, sharp, longitudinal ribs, the grooves or furrows between which are rounded, and much broader than the ribs themselves. The sinus consists merely of a broader groove, in which there are two or three raised ribs similar to those on the remainder of the shell, but much smaller. On the inferior half of each whorl, below the sinus, both the ribs and furrows are much smaller than those on the upper portion. Mouth nearly semicircular; lip sharp. 20 76 NORWOOD AND PRATTEN, NOTICE OF FOSSILS FROM THE Geological Position and Locality.—This species appears to be very rare, having been found only at Rock Creek, Williamson county, Illinois, where it occurs in a black, carbonaceous shale, belonging to the coal measures. Explanation of the Figure.—PI. IX. fig. 8. View of the front and left side of an adult specimen. Illinois State Collection. MACROCHEILUS. M. INHABILIS, Morton, sp. PI. IX. fig. 9, a, 0. Fusus(?) inHaBitis, Morton.“ American Journal of Science and Art,” Ist Series, Vol. xxix., p. 150, fig. 14, plate 3. This species, which was found in 1834, by Dr. S. P. Hitpreru, of Marietta, Ohio, occupying the same position it does further west, was referred by Dr. 8S. G. Morton to the genus “ Fusus?” and published without any adequate description. Its occurrence in the same geological horizon over so large a district of country, gives it an impor- tance which renders it desirable to supply the deficiency. Shell nearly globular; spire short, forming an angle of 105°. Whorls five; the body whorl very large and inflated, while the remainder are comparatively small, and occupy only one seventh of the total length of the shell. Aperture semi-elliptical ; much longer than wide. Columella rather long, and furnished with a distinct fold. The length of a large specimen is 1 8-10th inches. This species resembles somewhat the M. Michotianus of De Koninck, but differs from it in its greater size, and in having but five whorls; that species having six. Geological Position and Locality.—This species is found in the middle of the coal measures at Grayville and Galatia, Illinois, and rather more abundantly, but of smaller size, in the shales of the same formation in Posey county, Indiana. It also occurs, according to Dr. Hitpret# in the same part of the coal series of Ohio. Illinois State Collection. Explanation of the Figures.—P\. TX. fig. 9, a. Front view of a large individual. Fig. 9, 6.—Back view of the same. NATICA. N. VENTRICA, nob.—Pl. IX. fig. 10, a, 6. Shell small, globose, ventricose ; spire very short, consisting of four whorls, the body whorl being very large, and occupying six sevenths of the whole length of the shell. The upper portion of each whorl is ornamented by a series of lines radiating from the axis of the shell, which proceed outwards from the suture and then slightly CARBONIFEROUS SERIES OF THE WESTERN STATES. 17 backwards. The remainder of the surface is smooth. The aperture is nearly semi- circular. Length, seven tenths of an inch; breadth, nearly the same. Geological Position and Locality.—This species was found by Major T. C. Downey, in the coal measures, one mile south of New.Harmony, Indiana, the only locality in which it has yet been discovered. Explanation of the Figures —PI\. IX. fig. 10, a. Front view, showing the aperture. Fig. 10, 6. Back view of the same. Illinois State Collection. LOXONEMA. L. Hau, nob.—PI. IX. fig. 11, a, 0. Shell of medium size; elongated. Length, one inch and eight-tenths; breadth, six tenths of an inch. Opening of the spiral angle 22°. Whorls ten, flattened, or only swelling out at the upper part, producing a deep suture between them ; they are covered with slightly raised transverse ridges. Mouth long and narrow, three times as long as broad, and terminating below in a shallow groove or notch, not prominently marked except in well-preserved specimens. Geological Position and Localities—This species has only been found in the coal measures. It is very abundant on the Wabash, five miles below New Harmony, Indiana, in the clay shales of that formation. It also occurs at Galatia, Saline county, Illinois, in equivalent beds. Explanation of the Figures.—P\. IX. fig. 11, a. Front view of a large specimen. Fig. 11, 6. Back view of the same. Illinois State Collection. We take great pleasure in dedicating this new species to the eminent American paleontologist, Prof. James Hall, of Albany, New York. New Harmony, Indiana, January 23d, 1855. alle 4 i “splat 4 6 mr, ree Baio’ {a ati j fii vpltagot Mpao if anata sqnomnetndt. Hol ry ae ite te i Se iia ea HL cy ! ALAMO ; C6 ot é ‘ ty R Leb ie hy Nenad} it byenary. ' don bist Save ct "eo hak 1 jborentedh ol lead rr 98 ola Jaeetipa SRO iy ots yanth q cet fi aed ect tia Mera r incon f ite hte eos arly me iia pre whiny A “gh sid | me 3 orrotia wave voted aatiag Gut dead. awe ave it C1 OOS oo fn wry otils 4 40 frei Sheer 1% a) WUT ey ; ore an! ibiet ae sponse by tal a? ae pricy it ae ob ha oP ‘geraqile i * a Tey } ae y f yayp hv bmmte e¢ re ae ‘¥ mihirendk: Main rd ib? gop so habia ATT ate pees re hr aes ¥ abe Lruhath pe Aaa saa Dew he Raced “be to RRA SAME NE A R dened: she and _*=. = 4 a Te, fay hia aE iyset ik ote j ; bret OTEK A; Lo aussie = w 2 ¥ Linde q bie TEAS SOC) DTS Rete ers spay opt aaa. § a ee tipacliz: tlt wy “eat ig Abii i Puta liga he riety hacia T i seid’ =e, Re Gh, : | shit signcosak dda it eG a . erie MT nineea tet ie aia iia (cues aes ieee Pe A el es Ritts hh Meh eLae VAT RaEES yen’ pa FSS hk * ish ’ pa wer com] ART. 1X.—Plante Pratteniane Californice: An enumeration of a collection of Cali- fornia Plants, made in the vicinity of Nevada, by Henry Pratten, Esq., of New Har- mony ; with eritical notices and descriptions of such of them as are new, or yet unpub- lished in America. By Exias Duranp. This collection, which was placed in my hands by the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences in the latter part of last year, is composed of about two hundred specimens, many of which, unfortunately, are in a very incomplete state. It was made during the spring and summer of 1851, in the vicinity of Nevada, a place situated on Deer Creek, one of the affluents of the Sacramento river, and occupying an intermediate position between the mountains of the Sacramento and those of Calaveras county. Nevada stands at an elevation of about three thousand feet above the level of the Pacific Ocean, near the junction of the granitic and schistose rocks. To the soil of the former, as well as to that of the porphyritic lavas, are confined the large pines, firs and arbor-vitee, while the nut pines and acacias thrive only on the schistose rocks. I am informed by Mr. Pratten that many of his plants belong, ex- clusively, either to the granitic or to the schistose formations, whilst others grow indif- ferently on both. Before entering upon a serious investigation of these specimens, I put aside all those that were new to me, with the view of submitting them to my friends, Profs. Torrey and Gray, who have had under examination several large collections of Cali- fornia plants. To the great experience and friendly assistance of these léarned botanists Iam highly indebted. They have been good enough to point out the species which they had already described in manuscript, and to procure for me Bentham’s Plante Hartwegiane, or descriptions of new plants collected by Hartweg in the moun- tains of the Sacramento river—a publication extremely rare in this country, and in which I found descriptions of many of the plants I had before me. All the new species of Mr. Pratten’s collection, described either by Profs. Torrey, Gray, Mr. Bentham, or by myself, amounting together to about forty, have been united in this essay, and may be considered as new matter, not having been published as yet in any American work. Whenever I have failed to obtain Professors Torrey and Gray’s notes, (their manuscript being in the hands of the printer,) I have endeavored to supply this want by giving my own diagnosis. 21 80 PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNIC. RANUNCULACE. AQUILEGIA Formosa, Fisch. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 80. The whole plant stouter and with larger flowers than A. canadensis ; leaves more remote, some- what fleshy and on short petioles; styles scarcely equalling the stamens; otherwise, hardly more than a variety of A. canadensis, On rocks bordering Deer Creek. June. DELPHINIUM Mewzissn, D.C. in suppl. to Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 661. Flowers large, deep blue, raceme 8-10 flowered. April. D. stmpLtex, Dougl. in Hook. FI. Bor. Am. vol. i. p. 25. D. pecorum, Fisch. and Meyer, in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. suppl. vol. i. p. 661. D. sicotor, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 33. | BERBERIDACE Zi. BERBERIS aquirotium, Pursh—Var. a, in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. p. 50. On granitic hills. PAPAVERACE. CHRYSKHIS cauirornica, Hook and Arn. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 63, and suppl. p. 664. FUMARIACE A. DIELYTRA rormosa, D. C. D. saccata, Nutt. Fumaria formosa, Dryand. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol.i. p. 67, and suppl. p. 665. Shady granitic hills. April and May. CRUCIFER A. CARDAMINE paucisscta, Benth. pl. Hartw. p. 297. Spec. Nov. “ Hirtella vel glabriuscula, foliorum radicalium segmentis 1~5, longe petiolatis, ovato-orbicularibus vel subreniformibus obtusissimis; caulinarium 5, oblongis, basi angustatis, sessilibus. Smaller than C. pratensis, but same habit and inflorescence. Radical leaves long- petiolate, sometimes entire, limb 12.15” broad, truncate at base, margin obscurely sinuate ; but oftener, above the middle of the petiole, with 2, or more seldom, 3—4 lateral segments, similar to the terminal one, only smaller and long petiolulate. Cauline leaves few and small, generally 3-partite, with narrow segments much smaller than the terminal one.”* * T have specimens of a cardamine, collected by Dr. Heermann on the bars of the river Calaveras, which I con- sider as a form of C. paucisecta, although somewhat differing from Hartweg and Pratten’s plant. ‘ As is frequently the case with California specimens, the radical leaves are wanting ; but towards the middle of the stem the first cauline leaves begin to appear. These are 5=-7 pinnately divided, and answering pretty well to PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. §1 ERYSIMUM Arxansanvm, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol.i. p. 95. With orange colored flowers. In my opinion Z. asperum, D.C., Arkansanwm and elatum, Nutt., might be considered as different forms of one species. £. asperum is somewhat canescent, but they are all more or less scabrous, with appressed medio-fixed hairs; the lower leaves are runcinate-dentate, those of the stem dentate or entire; the flowers are large, varying from light yellow to orange, the petals have very long claws and obovate limbs ; style short and thick, with a bilobed stigma. . elatwm (Nuttall’s specimen) is a lank and elongated form about 3 feet high. Hilly sides of Deer Creek. August. POLYGALACE A. POLYGALA cucutiatra, Benth., Pl. Hartw. p. 299. “ Diffusa, puberula, foliis ovalibus vel oblongo-ellipticis, obtusis retusisve ; racemis brevibus plurifloris, sepalo infimo basi gibbo, alis oblongis, carina imberbi apice in cucullum oblongum producta. Stems branching, prostrate, the lowest part perennial and almost woody ; branches herbaceous, slender, 4—6” high, pubescent; leaves with very short petioles, the lowest small ovate, the upper 6—8” long, rounded at tip or often emarginate, cuneate at base, with margins slightly recurved, green on both sides and not punctate, pube- rulent above, almost glabrous underneath. Flower (rose colored?) 4” long. The exterior sepal concave at base, saccate, oblong ; the two superior a little smaller and one-half narrower. They are all membranaceous and colored, the two lateral (wings) twice longer and more slender, obliquely subovate-oblong, equalling the wings of the corolla, and a little shorter than the keel. Lateral petals, or wings, lanceolate and slightly adhering to the base of the keel. Keel split in front, dilated above the base and contracted towards the middle, then abruptly dilated, subrhom- boid and terminating in an erect obovate-oblong and obtuse hood. The stamens do not reach the base of the hood ; the filaments are fixed to the keel as far as the rent, where they become free. The style is flexuose, tubular, dilated at top and truncate, the stigma resting on the margin. Ovary stipitate, capsule subsessile, orbicular, emarginate. There are also, at the base of the leafy branches, short fructiferous branchlets, bearing capsules rather smaller than those of the upper branches, and perhaps produced by apetalous flowers.” The few small specimens I find in Mr. Pratten’s collection differ only from the above description in having the hood conspicuously mucronate; but Dr. Torrey informs me that, in the specimens of Col. Fremont, some have the mucro, whilst others have it not. Bentham’s description of the radical leaves of C. yaucisecta, The upper leaves are ternate, and the leaflets of all the leaves are rhombic-ovate, petiolulate and repand-dentate; each axil is furnished with a few-flowered stipitate raceme, provided with a leaf-like 3-parted or dentate bract. The terminal raceme is 12—15 flowered; the sepals are ovate, with a whitish margin, 4 the length of the petals, which are white slightly tinged with pink. The root appears to be tuberous, and the stem and petioles are succulent. 82 PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. VIOLACE A. VIOLA Becxwiruu, Torr.’s MSS. for Beckwith’s report, “subcaulescens, ad- scendens, caule abbreviato; foliis caulinaribus biternatis vel palmati-sectis, decur- rentibus, lobis vel segmentis oblonge-linearibus, hirsutis, pubescentibus; stipulis minutis, scariosis, integris; sepalis linearibus obtusis, ciliolatis, petalo infimo ad basim remisse saccato, purpureo, ad unguiculum luteo, 2 superioribus brevioribus dense violaceis.” Pratten’s plant, although evidently the same as V. Beckwithii, differs slightly from the above description. It has but a few pentagonal reniform leaves on long margined petioles; these leaves are 3-divided, or pedately parted with cuneiform 2—3 cleft elliptico-linear segments ; stipules small, membranaceous, fimbriate ; two very minute bracts about the middle of the peduncle; flowers rather small, on peduncles shorter than the petioles; sepals linear-lanceolate, spur scarcely any ; stigma orbicular oblique, fringed with short hairs. In shady and marshy woods. April. VIOLA topata, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 298. “Glabra, caulibus adscendentibus ; stipulis late ovatis, dentatis ; foliis latis ovatis subreniformibusve, regulariter palmatim 3—7 lobis. Sepalis lanceolatis acutis, corollee calcare brevi sacciforme.” “Rhizoma short, ascending. Stems half a foot high. Inferior stipules two lines wide and auriculate at the base, the superior ones narrower acute. The lower leaves are more wide than long, on long petioles, with lobes ovate or oblong, obtuse or acute, and mostly divided above the middle of the lamina; the upper leaves are generally trifid, with the middle lobe larger than the others, on peduncles about two inches long, pro- vided, above the middle, with two small approximate or distant bracteoles. Flowers yellow? petals beardless. The appendices of the anthers very unequal; the superior a little shorter than the anther itself, the inferior very short. Style clavate, incurved, with an oblique stigma, and ciliate with retrorse hairs under the stigmatose part.” In my specimens the stems are striate, branching, eight inches long. The leaves are strongly veined, the inferior glabrous, cordate, palmately divided from about the middle, with lanceolate lobes; the upper are pubescent-scabrous, ovate-rhomboid, with lateral dentiform lobes. The stipules are foliaceous, broadly-oblong, mucronate- dentate, or entire and lobed, attaining towards the middle of the stem twice the length of the petioles. The flowers are numerous, on rather short peduncles, each having two small bracts, distant or approximate, above the middle. Petals apparently bluish in-my specimens, obovate, twice the length of the sepals; lateral ones some- what bearded at the claw; spur wide and saccate; style incurved, ciliate with retrorse hairs under the oblique stigma. Capsule ovate. Shady woods. May. V. premorsa, Dougl. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 141. - V. toners, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i, p. 140. PLANTH PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICH. 83 HYPERICACEA. HYPERICUM Scoutezrt, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. vol. i. p, 111. H. concinnum, Benth. Pl. Hartw. No. 1670. “Suffruticosum, glabrum, ramis her- baceis teretibus vel superne compressis ; foliis oblongis, sessilibus, semiamplexicaulibus, opacis, subtus nigro-punctatis ; cymis confertis paucifloris, sepalis ovatis acutis glan- duloso-dentatis, lineatis, petalorum dimidium sequantibus; staminibus numerosis, obsolete triadelphis ; stylis 3-distinctis, suberectis.” “‘Stems ligneous at base, numerous, erect, simple, half a foot high. Leaves tough, 8—10’” long, 2 broad, with a sharp acumination, entire, sparingly nigro-punctate, the middle rib somewhat prominent, veins inconspicuous. Flowers 3—7 together at the summit of the stems, of the size of those of H. perforatum. Pedicels short, with two opposite bracteoles, half the length of the calyx. Petals yellow, almost equal, 33’” long, mucronate-acute, margins irregularly crenulate with a few glands and sometimes 1—2 acute teeth; the middle rib bestrewed with long linear and ~ almost parallel glands, and the whole surface sprinkled over with oblong black dots; anthers also dotted black. Ovary quite triangular, with a trilobed apex. Styles longer than.the ovary. On high land. July and August.” CARYOPHYLLACEZ. ARENARIA (Atsing) Dovetassu, Fenzl. in Hook. and Arn. Beechey, suppl. p. 325. SILENE Greceu, Gray, Pl. Wright, part ii. p. 17. S. CALIFORNICA, spec. nov.? Caulis subramosus, debilis, pubescens, foliis caulinaribus oblongo-lanceolatis, integris, ciliatis, fere semiamplexicaulibus ; cymis trifloris; calyce ample elliptice-cylindrico, obscure striato, pubescente, dentibus late ovatis, margine membranaceo ciliato ; petalis purpureis magnis quadrifidis, lobis mediis amplis, pro- funde partitis, obtusis, lateralibus minoribus acutis, unguiculis latis, ciliatis ; staminibus tubo exsertis. This plant, of which I have several other specimens collected at Calaveras by Dr. Heermann, may be the 8. Virginica of Benth. Pl. Hartw.; but its characters are so constant that I feel justified in separating it from that species, which it resembles at first sight. It is more pubescent, the stem and calyx less striate than in the latter, and I have not seen more than three flowers in each cyme, whilst S. Virginica has generally more, and SS. rotundifolia, with which it has likewise some affinity, has them solitary or in twos. Its habits are also very different from those of S. regia and S. Greggti, which are robust and erect plants, with thickish oval or obovate leaves. In S. regia the petals are entire, in 8. Greggit they are 4-fid with linear lobes, in 22 84 PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. S. Californica the middle lobes are considerably larger than the lateral. Internodes 2—4 inches long. The calyx is not clavate, but uniformly expanded and perfectly . cylindrical, with delicate strize. The lamine of the petals are always four-lobed, two large obtuse lobes in the centre and two smaller and acute on the sides. Flowers deep scarlet. Hills of Deer Creek. May. S. CALIFORNICA, var. miniata, var. nov. Caulis erectus, simplex, 6—8 pollicaris, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acutis, basi attenuatis, sessilibus; internodiis 1—13 pollicaribus; cymis 3-floris; calyce omnino conformi S. Californice ; petalis miniatis, bilobatis cum dentibus lateralibus duobus. The most striking characters of 8. Californica are the tubular form of the calyx and the four-lobed petals; in the variety miniata the petals are not exactly four-lobed, the lateral teeth are too small to be accounted lobes, but the calyx and the claws of the petals are exactly the same. The latter might, however, prove to be a new species, if the minium color of its flowers is constant. Its leaves differ in being oval- lanceolate and more attenuate at base than S. Californica; it is also a smaller plant, with comparatively short internodes. Dr. Heermann brought it from Calaveras, mixed with specimens of S. Californica. S. MULTICAULE, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 192. \ PORTULACACE i. SPRAGUEA umBe.iata, Torrey, Pl. Frem. in Smiths. Contr. 1853, p. 4, Pl. I. A new and beautiful genus, belonging to the family of the Portulacacew, and dedicated to Isaac Sprague, the able botanical draughtsman of Prof. Gray’s Genera Illustrata. ERODIUM cicurarium, L’Her. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 208. LIMNANTHACEH &. LIMNANTHES axsa, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 301. “ Foliis laxe pilosis, segmentis oblongo-lanceolatis linearibusve, sepalis ovato-lanceolatis, pilis longis albo-lanatis. Habitus et folia L. Douglassii. Heec vero, preesertim folia superiora, pilis longis, laxis, albis ciliata. Flores quam L. Douglassii paullo majores videntur, petala alba, unicolo- rata et vix emarginata.” Marshy ground. MALVACE. SIDALCEA Harrwect, Gray, Pl. Fendl. p. 20. Wet places. July. ACERACE A. ACER MAcRoPpHYLLUM, Pursh’s Fl. vol. i. p. 267. A large tree, growing along the banks of Deer Creek. PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. 85 HIPPOCASTANACH &. ZESCULUS Cauirornica, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 251. Banks of Deer Creek, seven miles below Nevada. RHAMNACEZ. RHAMNUS otsirouius, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. vol. i. p. 123; Torr. and Gr. FI. Am. vol. i. p. 260. CEANOTHUS cungatus, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 267. Hills. April and May. C. utecerrm™us, Hook. and Arn. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. suppl. p. 686. Hills of Deer Creek. May. C. soreDIANUS, Hook. and Arn. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. suppl. p. 686. Near the creek. May. C. papriiosus, Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. 268. Granitic Hills. April and May. C. prostRatuS, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 302. “ Fruticulus prostratus, glaber, resinosus, foliis oppositis cuneatis, apice spinuloso 3-dentatis, coriaceis, penninervibus ; thyrsis brevibus subumbellatiformibus.” “A very ramose and rigid shrub; prostrate, with branches and leaves opposite. The young shoots subangular, and afterwards terete. Stipules narrow-lanceolate, acute, fuscous, less than a line long. Leaves thick coriaceous 6—9'" long, and at- tenuated into a short petiole, dividing at top into three triangular spinescent entire teeth or lobes, the middle of which is commonly the largest. Flowers blue, and of the size of those of C. cuneatus and C. rigidus, which it resembles very much, although a much lower shrub.” Hills along the creek. May. | LEGUMINOS Zi. LATHYRUS venosus, var. y. L. decaphyllus, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. vol. i. p. 159. L. multiflorus, Nutt. MSS. L. vENosuS, var. 5. L. pubescens, Nutt., L. decaphyllus, g. minor, Hook. and Arn, Another variety which is exactly the same form as Nuttall’s L. polyphyllus, Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 274, except that the calyces are villous. All these forms were found on the banks of Deer Creek, in the month of August. PSORALEA orpicuLaris, Lindl. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 304. In the specimens I have before me the spikes are not globose-ovate, as represented in the figure of Bot. Reg., but very elongated, and some more than four inches long, with a tuft of large yellow bracts, ciliate, and dotted with purple clavate glands. The upper 86 PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICAE. part of the stem and the calyces are very hairy. This is certainly one of the largest and most beautiful herbaceous plants of the family of the Legwminose, resembling the Lupinus plumosus. The petioles and peduncles are more than a foot long, and the round-oval leaflets are from 3” to 34” in diameter. It grows in damp places and flowers in August. . TRIFOLIUM rimsriatum, Lindl. Bot. Reg. T. 1070. Torr. and Gr. Fl. Amer. vol. 1 [Om Gere HOSACKIA GranpirtorA, Benth. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 823. Easily distinguished by its large umbellate flowers, nearly an inch tong; each umbel is gene- rally, provided with a large orbicular-ovate and sessile foliole. Granitic hills on the creek sides. H. sicotor, Dougl. Bot. Reg. T. 1257. Lotus pinnatus, Hook. Bot. Mag. T. 2913. Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 322. In wet places by the creek. H. Pursuiana, Benth. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 827. A small form. H. (MICROLOTUS) BRACHYCARPA, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 306. “ Annua, & basi ramosa, villosa ; foliis 4—5, obovatis oblongisve; floribus solitariis, brevissime pedunculatis, ebracteatis; dentibus calycinis lanceolato-subulatis, tubo duplo longioribus; legumine oblongo, turgido. piloso, calycem breviter superanti.” ““ Stem subramose, 3—4” high, leaves smaller than those of H. subpinnata, lesume 2-3-seeded, 3—4”” long, 14’” wide, divided in very thin and diaphanous cells.” Mr. Pratten’s plant is very small, suffruticose and branching, softly villous through- out. Branchlets short, 3—4 flowered; leaflets 3—5, ovate or obovate lanceolate mu- cronulate. Stipules minute, very villous. Flowers solitary, subsessile, alternate. Calyx very villous, bilabiate, with linear subulate divisions, much longer than the tube. Legume erect, oblong, obtuse, inflated, very woolly, longer than the calyx. Seeds orbicular, compressed, deeply umbilicate. Hills. August. LUPINUS concinnvs, Agardh. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 372. L. nanus, Dougl. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 373. Several forms. L. tatirotius, Agardh. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 375. L. aLBicauLis, Dougl. LZ. falcifer, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 378. L. rtvunaris, Lindl. Z. labiatus, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 376. L. Doveiassu, Agardh. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 380. PICKERINGIA montana, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol: i. p. 388. Unfor- tunately, as in Nuttall and Douglass’s specimens, Pratten’s have no fruit. PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICZ. 87 ROSACEA. CERASUS pemissa, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 411. A shrub, with leaves rather glaucous. SPIRASA opunirotra, Linn. var. mudtiflora, var. nov. Leaves small, glabrous ; pedicels pubescent, with a stipitate bract at the base; calyces tomentose. Flowers about fifty in a hemispherical umbel. 5. Doueiassu, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. vol. i. p. 172. Banks of Deer Creek, August. CHAM ABATIA Froriosa, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 308. Torrey’s Pl. Frem. in contr. to Smithson. Inst., p. 11, T. vi. A beautiful little evergreen shrub of the family Rosacece, subtribe Cercocarpece, with tripinnately dissected leaves resembling a fern. Side hills along Deer Creek. November. ROSA sLAnpA, Ait. in Torr. and Gray Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 459. R. egymnocarpa, Nutt.in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. 1. p. 461. Granitie hills. July. ONAGRACEA. ZAUSCHNERIA Cauirornica, Presl. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am vol. i. p. 486. Banks of Deer Creek. August. I have under my eyes three very distinct forms of Zauschneria; one, (var. «.) pubescent, narrow-leaved, with bright red calyces and corollas. The second, (var. s.) Mr. Pratten’s plant, is villous-canescent, with broad-oval leaves; calyces of a fulvous color, longitudinally veined, and tips of petals brightly red. The third form, which might prove a distinct species, is also villous-canescent, with ovate-lanceolate acute leaves, repandly denticulate, and very much like the floral leaves of Cinothera biennis ; calyx and corolla of a uniform bright scarlet color; flowers large, bracteate, on a long terminal spike. The latter was collected by Dr. Heermann at Posa Creek, South California. CHNOTHERA (GODETIA) sitopa, Sp. Nov. Caulis adscendens, ramosus, sub- elaber, ramis virgatis; folis lineari-lanceolatis, denticuiato-repandis, basi attenuatis, petiolatis; floribus sessilibus purpureis; calycis tubo infundibuliformi; petalis an- custe cuneatis, obeordato-bilobis, staminibus multo longioribus; antheris longis, reflexis ; pistillo stamina valde superanti; stigmatibus purpureis, quadrifidis, lobis bre- vibus, subovatis; germine lineari, acuminato, pubescenti. . biloba and Gi. decumbens are, I believe, the only species of section Godetie having deeply bilobed petals. The flowers are moderately large, lilac color, and showy. The stamina are much shorter than the style, stigma purple, germ linear-acuminate and sessile. I have not seen the ripe capsules. i. rupicunpA. Lindl. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 502. Stem glabrous, » -*) 88 PLANTA PRATTENIANAD CALIFORNICH. virgate, purplish ; leaves subsessile, linear-lanceolate, subulately acuminate. Flowers axillary, pedicellate, in a loose raceme; calyx short, infundibuliform; corolla cyathiform, purple, with a bright orange spot at the bottom; petals flabelliform, rounded trian- gular, with erose margins; stamens short, erect ; tips of anthers at length reflexed, style purple, stigma yellow, linear-elongated. Capsule pubescent, acuminate. <A beautiful and highly ornamental species. On granitic hills. July. Ci. PURPUREA, Curtis in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am, vol. i. p. 504. CLARKIA ruomporea, Dougl. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 516. Near tops of hills, along water courses. September. LOASACE A. MENTZELIA Lavicautis, Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 535, Burtonia levi- caulis, Dougl. On river bars, twenty miles below Nevada. August. CRASSULACEAL. ECHEVERIA. Incomplete specimen. SAXIFRAGACE. SAXIFRAGA virainrensis, Mich. in Torr and Gr. F]. Am. voli. p. 571. S. pELTATA, Torr. in Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 311. “ Rhizomate crasso, repente ; foliis longissime petiolatis, erectis, amplis, peltatis, orbiculatis, ambitu lobatis et inciso-den- tatis, membranaceis ; scapis subnudis, apice cymosis, glandulosis. Calycis tubo bre- vissimo, campanulato, lobis late ovatis obtusis; petalis obovali-oblongis; carpellis dis- tinctis. Rhizoma thick, creeping under ground as well as under water, covered over with large orbicular scales. The whole plant glabrous, but the petioles, the nerves of the leaves, and especially the inflorescence, are overspread with scabrous black glands. Leaves erect on a petiole two feet long. Lamina 6~8” in diameter, concave in the central part; lobes very unequal, ovate, the segments reaching nearly to the middle of the limb, with doubly dentate or shortly lobed margins. Scapes two feet high, with a small cuneate, lobed or dentate leaf below the cyme. Cyme multiform, some- times 4” in diameter, ebracteate, ramose, very much like that of S. cordifolia. Flowers of a pale rose color. The segments of the calyx little more than a line long, folia- ceous and glandular. Petals 3’" long, marcescent. Stamens 10; filaments dilated at base and lessening towards the apex; anthers ovate; ovaries glabrous, resting on a flat base, otherwise not coherent, with tips attenuate into a very short style soon be- coming concave and dilated by the increase of the stigmatose part, and by the oblique PLANT PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. 89 subhypocridiform margin. Ovules numerous.” Grows on the banks of streams as well as in the water. This plant is also in the collection made at Calaveras by Dr. Heermann. - BOYKINIA OCCIDENTALIS, Horr, and-Grs El. Am.. vel. 1. dled A 4 ° . p- 977. Specimen in a depauperated state, and scarcely 4” high, still well characterized. UMBELLIFER. SANICULA sipinnatiripa, Dougl. in Torr. and Gr. FI. Am. vol. 1. p. 6053. EDOSMIA Garrpnert, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 612. PEUCEDANUM vurricutatum, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. 1. p. 628. ARCHANGELICA aixsuta? Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol i. p. 622. OSMORHIZA pracuypopa, Torr. in Whipple’s report, as yet unpublished. “ Tt differs from O. brevistylis in the very short pedicels of the fertile flowers and the fruit, also in the minute stylopodium; leaves also different, the general involucre wanting or about one-leaved. (Dr. Torr. in litt.)” The whole plant is but slightly pubescent and not hairy as is O. brevistylis; the configuration of the leaflets is some- what trapezoid, shorter than in the other species, and petiolulate, with a few rounded lobes or teeth. The fruit is rather truncate below the stylopodium, the styles very short and parallel as far as the uncinate top. Near the banks of Deer Creek. July. DEWEYA arcuta, 6. “ This is probably Hartweg’s plant. I have it in Whipple's collection in two states; one like the original specimen of Nuttall, with pinnate leaves, but with a tendency in the lower leaflets to be compound; the other with ter- nately divided leaves, and the divisions quinate and pinnate. Yours belong to the latter form.” (Torr. in Litt.) Not in fruit. April. CAPRIFOLIACEZ. SYMPHORICARPUS raAcemosus, var. trilobus, var nov. Apparently a small shrub, subpubescent. Leaves 3-lobed, the middle lobe large, rhomboid-ovate, entire or dentate ; the two inferior (sometimes a single one) elongated obtuse. Although I have seen occasional lobes in the leaves of different species of Symphoricarpus, yet this character is so constant in my specimens that I think it necessary to notice it as a new variety. CORNACE AL. CORNUS Nurratiu, Audubon in Torr. and Gr. FI. Am. vol. 1. p. 652. CORNUS szssiuis, Torr. Spee. noy. ined. Frutex, foliis late-ovatis, acuminatis, basi fere acutis, pilis appressis pubescentibus, subius pallidis; floribus flavis, umbel- vO PLANTA. PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. latis, und cum foliis nascentibus; umbell& simplici, sessili, lax4, involucro parvo, — 4-phyllo deciduoque instructa, pedicellis villosis; fructu ovato-oblongo. “The leaves are broadly ovate, acuminate, rather acute at base, pubescent with appressed hairs, and pale underneath. Flowers appearing with the leaves, in a simple, sessile, loose umbel, which is surrounded by a small 4-leaved deciduous involucre ; pedicels villous; drupe ovate oblong.” (Torr. in litt.) This remarkable species belongs to the section of Cornus with yellow umbellate flowers, which includes the Cornus mas of Europe and our Cornus florida. So far, specimens collected by Dr. Bigelow and in Whipple’s expedition, had proved insuff- cient for the complete description of this new species, on account of their being too far advanced in florescence ; but two small specimens, just in bloom, collected by Mr. Pratten on the banks of Deer Creek, have permitted Dr. Torrey to finish his descrip- tion. The latter specimens, which were only the tip of flowering branches, might have been taken, at first sight, for Dirca palustris. LORANTHACE. PHORADENDRON sunreerinum, Engelm. in Gray’s Pl. Fendl. p. 58. RUBIACEZ. CEPHALANTHUS occrpenrauis, Linn. var. Californicus? Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 314. “Glaberrimus, petiolis brevissimis ; floribus interdum pentameris, etsi seepius tetrameris,” &c. The leaves are rather narrower and more elongated than in the eastern species. VALERIANACE &. PLECTRITIS conessta, D. C. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p 50. COMPOSIT &. SERICOCARPUS Catirornicus, spec. nov. Caulis erectus, dense scabro-pubescens, foliis caulinaribus ovato-lanceolatis, integris, sessilibus, uninerviis; capitulis majoribus quam in eseteris speciebus, 15—20-floris, in corymbum compositum, terminalem dispo- sitis. Involucris fere turbinatis, squamis adpressis, ovato-oblongis, obtusis, obscure uninerviis, basi pallidis, apice herbaceis ; ligulis albis, pappo albido longioribus ; ache- niis obpyramidatis, tenuibus, pubescentibus, pappo dimidio minoribus. Apparently a stout plant, with larger heads of flowers than any other of the known species. Radical leaves wanting, those of the stem oval-lanceolate, closely sessile, with an acuminate point, strongly uninerved, rather adpressed, about an inch long, scabrous, ciliate, entire. Heads 15—20-flowered, in a compound terminal corymb ; involucre cylindrical-turbinate, scales imbricate in several series, adpressed, ovate- oblong, obtuse, obscurely uninerved, whitish-cartilaginous at base, with herbaceous PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNIC AH. 9] tips. Rays white, longer than the white pappus. Achenia linear-obconic, pubescent, about one half the length of the pappus. It has many points of resemblance with Aster Mentziesii, Lindl., from which it differs, however, in its oval leaves, white rays, and achenia not compressed. ASTER rapuLa? var. nov. Heads rather larger and more numerous than in our Eastern species. A. Duranpt, Nutt. Gambel’s plants, in Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., 2d series. Very much like Lindley’s A. falcatus, and probably the same. ERIGERON Doverassn, Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 177. SOLIDAGO Catirornica, Nutt. in'Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 203. HELIOMERIS simpiex, spec. nov. Caulis gracilis, erectus, simplex, 12—15-polli- caris, uniflorus, et pariter cum foliis, pilis albidis, appressis, basi dilatatis parce obtectus. Foliis oppositis vel alternis, lanceolatis acutis, scabris, in petiolum brevem desinentibus interdumve sessilibus, ad basim presertim ciliatis; squamis involucralibus biserialibus, oblongo-lanceolatis acutis; radii floribus luteo-aurantiacis, oblongo-ovatis, obtusis, obscure striatis, involucro duplo longioribus, sterilibus; disci corollis fusco-purpureis ; acheeniis compressis, glabris, calvis.., I have the same plant from the head of Rio Laguno, collected by Dr. Heermann, and, in all my specimens, the form is the same; stem simple, erect, one-flowered, not above 15 inches high, with a small tap root. The stem and leaves are sparingly covered with appressed, simple, white scabrous hairs, squamiform at base. The leaves are about 2” apart, less than 2” long and 3’ broad; they are opposite or alter- nate, scabrous, and ciliate, with a very short hairy petiole, or sometimes sessile. The scales of the involucre are in two equal series, oblong-lanceolate acute. Rays 12—L6, oblong-oval, obtuse, obscurely striate, and of light orange color; disk corollas dark purple, with a short limb. Achenia compressed, smooth, devoid of pappus. Called by the Mexicans Ojo de Gallo. AGARISTA cauuiopsipea, D.C. Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 338. LEPTOSYNE Sritimanu, (Gray in litt.) “ Foliis inferioribus oppositis, omnibus trifidis seu pinnato—5-partitis, segmentis rachique planis, anguste-linearibus; squamis involucri externi oblongis, corollis haud annulato-barbatis ; appendicibus styli florum disci haud apiculatis; radii orbiculatis, margine fungoso subrugoso cinctis ; acheeniis glaberrimis. In the valley of the upper Sacramento. Dr. Stillman.” “The single specimen collected is about a span high, with shorter and coarser leaves than LZ. Douglass, and smaller heads. The scales of the exterior involucre are broader, shorter, rather fewer, and externally sparingly bearded at their base. 24 92 PLANTH PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. There is only a faint indication of the bearded ring so manifest on the tube of the disk corollas of LZ. Douwglassii, nor do the achenia show a trace of the capitate hairs of that species. The appendages of the style, moreover, are very obtuse, and desti- tute of the abrupt and sharp tip. Still it is an undoubted congener of L. Douglassi. (Prof. Gray in litt.)” I have several fine specimens of this plant, collected by Mr. Pratten at Nevada, and by Dr. Heermann at Calaveras. The scapes are simple, sparingly leafy at the base, from 5—7" high, sometimes solitary, sometimes 2-3-4 from the same root. Leaves rather succulent, opposite or alternate, the lowest radical simple, linear spathu- late ; the others 3—5-parted with linear spatulate segments. Flowers in my speci- mens as large as in L. Douglassii, if not larger; rays 3-toothed, of a brilliant yellow color. Evidently growing in a muddy soil. SANVITALIA Assert, Gray, Pl. Fendl. p. 87. XIMENESIA EnceEtioweEs, Cav. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 359. HYMENANTHERUM Waicutn, Gray. Pl. Wright, part i. p. 116. CHANACTIS uererocArpPua, Torr. and Gr. Fl. ined. Gray’s Pl. Fendl. p 98. BURRIBLIA eracius, D. C. Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 378. LAYIA (CALLIACHYRIS) Fremont, Gr. Pl. Fendl. partii.p. 103. Calliachyria Fremont, Torr. and Gr. in Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 140. “C, Fremontu, Torr. is founded on a plant collected by Col. Fremont in his first expedition to California, in 1846. It belongs to the section Osmadenia, Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. 11. p. 402, but the cup-shaped stipitate gland on the floral and fasci- culate cauline leaves, and the teeth of the disk corolla, are short and ovate. It differs in these respects from C. tenella, and thus connects the section Osmadenia with Eucalycadenia. It is stouter and more hairy than C. tenella, but seems to grow erect, and with but little tendency to spreading.” (Torr. in litt.) CALLICHROA prartyetossa, Fisch. and Mey. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 399. CALYCADENTA truncata, D. C. Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 401. MADARIA corymrosa, D. C. Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 404. Granitic hills, along the Creek. August. ANISOCARPUS mapariorsss, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 403. HARP /AXCARPUS maApArromes, Nutt. in Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 406. PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. 93 MONOLOPIA tanceotata, Nutt. Gambel’s plant, in Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. i. Deli. M. HrerMANNII, spec. nov. Herba tomentosa parvula, caulibus fere e radige race- mosis, corymbosis, 3—5-pollicaribus; ramis monocephalis ; foliis parallelo-linearibus, fere pollicaribus; omnibus supra medium rachis 5—7-lobatis; lobis rachique pla- nis, obtusis, superioribus sparse dentatis; capitulis terminalibus; involucri late cam- panulati squamis ad medium connatis, segmentis 8, ovato-lanceolatis, valde tomen- tosis; radii floribus 8, ovato-oblongis, involucro plus duplo longioribus, dentibus duobus ad apicem minutissimis; styli ramulis oblongo-linearibus, bast marginatis ; corollee disci dentibus brevibus, intus asperis. Achsenium maturum non vidi. A congener of I. bahicfolia, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 317. Only one specimen from Mr. Pratten; but I have four or five from Dr. Heermann, collected at Calaveras. Monolopia Heermannit differs essentially from IL bahiefolia in its leaves being always d5—7-parted, whilst in the latter they are either entire or 3-lobed. MALACOTHRIX venvurouia, Torr. and Gr. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p: 487. Leucoseris tenuifolia, Nutt. MACRORHYNCHUS rerrorsus, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 320. “Planta perennis, laxe- piloso-lanata vel demum glabrescens, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, retrorsum pinnatifidis ; involucri squamis exterioribus apice foliaceis, interioribus lineari-lanceolatis, rostro achzeniis plus triplo longiore. Same size as M. troxvmoides, with larger heads. Leaves 4—6 inches long, very acuminate, rachis larger, segments 4—8 on each side, lanceolate, retrorse, and all, as well as the apex of the leaves, terminating in a glandular callus, and some having a tooth at the base. Immature achenia with prominent ribs, beak 5’” long.” M. HETEROPHYLLUS, Nutt. Mr. Pratten’s specimens are larger than those collected in Oregon by Mr. Nuttall, who represents this plant as a dwarf species. They are of the same size as those I have received from Dr. Torrey, collected by Col. Fremont; but I have others from Calaveras (Dr. Heermann’s) that are not less than a foot high, with flowers from 12 to 12” in diameter. CAMPANULACE As, CAMPANULA PRENANTHOIDES, spec. nov. Elata ramosa, foliis inflorescentize sessi- libus, lanceolatis, acutis, basi latioribus, marginis infra medium utrinque bidentatis. Floribus cceruleis, subnutantibus, 3—d-paniculatis, spicam laxam inferne ramulosam constituentibus; calycis tubo globoso-truncato ; corollis campanulatis, profunde divisis, lobis lanceolatis; stylo exerto, reflexo; stigmate clavato, ramis tribus erectis brevibusque ad summum instructo. Cstivatio prenanthidis. 94 PLANTA: PRATTENNIANA’ CALIFORNICAL. Stem erect, ramose, 2—3 feet high, slightly puberulent and glaucescent. Inflo- rescence, before the expansion of flowers, very similar to that of prananthes. The upper cauline leaves are sessile, lanceolate, acute, widening towards the base, with two small teeth on each side. Flowers medium size, about 2” long, blue and some- what drooping, 3—5 paniculate, in an elongated and loose spike ramulose at base ; tube of the calyx globose, truncate, with acute lobes, scarcely one-half the length of the corolla, which is campanulate and deeply divided in lanceolate lobes. Style exserted, reflex, stigma clavate, with three short and erect divisions. The specimens are very incomplete, and exhibit only the tops of the branches. HETERODON rartrtorum, Nutt. In herb. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci. ERICACE ZA. ARCTOSTAPHYLOS exravca, Lindl. in D.C. Prodr., vol. vii. p. 586. Granitic hills, April. AZALEA cattrornicA, Torr. and Gr. spec. nov. ined. Rhododendron calendu- lacewm, Hook. Ramis glabris; foliis obovatis, utrinque levibus, nervis tamen subtus parce hispidis margineque ciliatis; pedicellis glanduloso-pilosis; calycis dentibus obtusis, valde ciliatis; corolle maximee tubo pubescenti limboque glabro; genitalibus exertissimis ; antheris elongatis, apice truncato biporosis; stylo stamina superante, 2” longo, apice obconico, papilloso. Inflorescentia A. nwdiflore consimilis, flores tamen multo majores. Shady hills along Deer Creek. A very large-flowered Azalea with obovate subglaucus leaves, smooth on both sides, although sparingly hirsute on the underneath nerves, and ciliate. Pedicels glandular- pilose; teeth of the calyx short, obtuse and ciliate; corollas light purple, with a pubescent tube and smooth limb. Stamens and pistil much exserted; anthers elon- gated, truncate, with two glandular pores at the summit. Style obconic, papillose, longer than the stamina, and about two inches in length. Inflorescence of A. nudi- flora, with much larger flowers and more forward leaves. PRIMULACEA. DODECATHEON extipticum, Nutt. spec. noy. ined.? Planta humilis scapo in prima anthesi 3—5-pollicari posteaque elatiori; umbellis 5—8-floris; floribus nutan- tibus; foliis rotundo-spathulatis ellipticisve, in petiolum latum desinentibus et una cum eo 12—14” longis, margine subscarioso cinctis; involucri laciniis acutis; filamentis in annulum plane violaceum, antherarum tubo contiguum eoque fere dimidio breviorem connatis ; antheris subobtusis. PLANTH PRATTENIAN® CALIFORNICA. 95 Mr. Pratten’s plant, as well as other specimens collected at Calaveras by Dr. Heer- mann, are all in the first stage of florescence and dwarfish ; the scape is 5—8-flowered, 3—5" high; the leaves are round-spathulate,‘1—12" long including the petiole; they are entire, with a conspicuous subscarious margin; the filaments are completely connate in a tube of a deep violet color, shorter than that of the yellow anthers and contiguous with it; the anthers, therefore, appear quite sessile, and are broader than in D. meadia and its varieties, and rather obtuse. Specimens collected by Mr. Nuttall, on the plains of the Columbia river, labelled by him D. ellipticum, and, I believe, as yet unpublished, are perfectly identical with Pratten and Heermann’s plants, although in a more advanced stage of florescence and greater development of scapes and leaves; the latter, however, do not exceed 22" in length including the petiole. I suspect that Beechey’s California specimens, from which Decandolle has, in part, evidently, described his D. integrifolium, belong also to the same species. +So far, four or five species of Dodecatheons have been described ; but there is such a discrepancy in their descriptions, and their forms are so variable, that I felt inclined to follow my highly esteemed friend Prof. Asa Grey, in uniting them all together into a single species. However, on examining attentively and comparing the numerous specimens I have before me, I can not but find at least two very distinct species and several varieties, which I divide as follows : * Filamentis liberis in tubum approximatis. DODECATHEON meanra, Linn. o. Foliis ovato-oblongis, integris vel repando-dentatis ; umbellis multifloris ; floribus nutantibus; involucri foliolis ovato-spathulatis lanceolatisve ; filamentis flavis glandula purpurea ad apicem instructis; antheris elongatis acuminatis. In regionibus orientalibus usque ad flumen Missouri. 3. Var. pauciflora.—D. integrifolium, Mich. non D. C. Foliis oblongo-ovalibus integerrimis (nonnunquam repando-dentatis) ; umbellis paucifloris, 3—5; floribus suberectis, dense purpureis; antheris atro-violaceis ; bracteolis linearibus. Ad orientem et occidentem fluminis Missouri usque ad Montes Scopulosos. y. Var. integrifolia,—D. integrifolium, Nutt. non Mich. neque D.C. D. frigidum? Cham. Foliis numerosis, congestis, oblongo-ovatis, et una cum petiolis vix 3-pollicaribus. Scapo 5—10-floro, 6—10” alto; involucri foliolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis, nonnunquam longissimis; floribus breve pedicellatis, suberectis, albis, vel purpureis- Vidi specimen e regione arctica, D. frigidum inscriptaum, omnino consimile. Habitus a pracedentibus dis- similis atque minor; forte species distincta? In regionibus Oceani Pacifici. ** Filamentis in tubum connatis. D. exirpticum, Nutt. Partim D. integrifolium, D. C.; partim D. frigidum, Cham. in D. C. Prodr. In California et Oregon. Nuttall, Beechey, Heermann, Pratten. I have examined, in Mr. Kilvington’s garden, an abundance of seedlings of Dodecatheon in flower, obtained from different sources ; but all from the species D. meadia, var. o and 8. In the former the flowers are hanging, and vary in color from white to lilac and different shades of purple ; the anthers and filaments are yellow, the glands deep purple. The leaves are from 4—8" long. In the latter the flowers are generally erect, of a deep purple color, with violet anthers and yellow filaments ; the leaves are oval, oblong, entire, but sometimes coarsely den- tate and not marginate. In both the anthers are very acuminate, and the filaments free, remote, or somewhat approximated, but never connate as in D. ellipticum. I have not seen D. dentatwm of Hooker, but I suspect it to be the var. g, with dentate leayes, as I have seen some, remarkably so, in Mr. Kilvington’s garden. Some seeds were ol)tained from the far west, and I have no doubt that var. 8, came from that region; the rest were from Harper’s Ferry, Virginia, and the Southern States. 25 96 PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. TRIENTALIS tarirotia, Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. vol. ii. p. 121. A variety of 7. Europea. APOCYNACEA. APOCYNUM anprosauirotium, Linn. Two varieties; one with round-oval leaves; the other, with very small flowers, oval-lanceolate and glaucous leaves, may, after- wards, prove to be a new species? Only one specimen of the latter. ASCLEPIADACE. ASCLEPIAS toneicornu, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. vii. p. 570. ACERATES corpirotta, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 325. “Cauli giabro, foliis sessilibus, cordato-ovatis, glabris ; umbellis ad apicem caulis subpaniculatis; pedicellis calycibus- que pilosis; corollze laciniis ovatis; cucullis superne a gynostegio discretis sequilongis- que.—Caulis elatus. Folia 3” longa, 2” lata vel summa minora, angustiora, acuta, mar- gine vix ciliolata, basi auriculis rotundato-cordata. Flores fusco-purpurei, iis Asclepi- adis curassavice paullo majores. Gynostegium subsessile ; cuculi apice truncati, intus acutangulari.” Looks very much like the Asclepias obtusifolia. GENTIANACEA. ERYTHRAA Moustensercu, Griseb, in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 60. FRASERA nit, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 322. “Caulibus subsimplicibus foliisque linearibus glaberrimis, cymis densifloris in thyrsum terminalem dispositis, foveis oblon- gis solitariis, coronze filamentis in squamas incisas cum staminibus alternantes con- natis.” I see very little cause for separating this from F. albicaulis. It seems to differ only in being perfectly glabrous. HYDROPHYLLACE. NEMOPHILA macutara, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 324. “Caule diffusa, foliis oppositis, pilosis, ciliatis, 3—5—7-pinnati-partitis, lobis integris, obtusis, mucronatis, pedunculis foliis longioribus, calycis segmentis ovato-lanceolatis, brevissime appendiculatis; corolla rotato-campanulata, calycem plus duplo superante, alba, lobis obovatis integris, purpureo ad apicem maculatis.” A beautiful and highly ornamental species, with larger flowers than N. insignis. Corollas white, with a large purple spot at the top of each division and longitudinal veins. In wet places. May. . N. insicnis, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 290. Same locality. PLANTA PRATTENIANH CALIFORNICA. 97 ELLISIA curysanruemiroria, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 292. E. microcaLyx, Nutt. in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. N. 8S. vol. v. p. 191, D.C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 292. POLEMONTACE. PHLOX pivaricata, var. occidentalis. Ramis longis, divaricato-corymbosis, foliis quam in specie atlanticé minoribus, in infimis axillis nonnunquam fasciculatis; caly- cis laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, etiam comparate brevioribus; corollee limbo profunde bilobo. More rigid than the eastern species, with smaller and narrower leaves, somewhat fasciculate in the axils; segments of the calyx shorter; limb of the corolla rather larger and more deeply bilobed. COLLOMIA Gixiomss, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 308. (C. @ranpirioraA, Dougl. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 308. NAVARRETIA pusescens, Hook in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 309. N. squarrosa, Hook. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 309. GILIA (CHRYSANTHA) ritirzs? Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 325. “Caule tenui dichotome-ramoso, foliis oppositis, palmatim 5—‘-fidis, segmentis linearibus, pedi- ellis e dichetomiis, filiformibus, elongatis ; corolla subcampanulata, tubo brevissimo. Habitus fere sectionis Dactyliphylli, sed folia omnia opposita videntur.—Caules e basi laxe ramosi, ramis gracilibus rubentibus, leviter scabro-puberulis. Foliorum :segmenta anguste rigidula, fere subulata, 3—4'" longa, pedicelli gracillimi ultra pollicem. Corolla 5 longa, magis aperta quam in Kugiliis, non tamen subrotata ut in Dactyliphyllis.” I have very little doubt that Mr. Pratten’s plant is the above described, although the branches are perfectly smooth and the leaves so rigid as to be almost spinescent. There are no good flowers to judge from. G. capitaTa, Dougl. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 311. G. tricotor, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 312. G. GRANDIFLORA, Steud. in D.C. Prodr. vol. ix. p. 315. BORAGINACE A. CYNOGLOSSUM eranpe, Dougl. in D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p. 153. ERIODYCTION exvtinosum, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p.183. On porphyritic fills. May. SCROPHULARIACE A. COLLINSIA parvirtora, Dougl. in Bot. Reg. T. 1082, D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p. 318. 98 PLANTA PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICA. C. TrnctortA, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 328. ‘‘Caule glabro elato, foliis inferioribus petiolatis, ovatis oblongisve, superioribus sessilibus, subcordato-lanceolatis, serrato erenatis, supra glabris, subtus pubescentibus ; floralibus parvis infloreseentiaque glan- duloso-pubescentibus ; verticillastris multifloris, pedicellis calyce brevioribus; calycis glanduloso-villosi lacmiis lanceolato-oblongis, corolla subtriplo brevioribus.” Stem glandular-viseous, smooth; caulme leaves 12—2” long, lanceelate-obtuse, dentate-serrate at top, closely sessile and subcordate; floral leaves narrower, entire; verticils 5—8, crowded; calyces glandular-villous, with segments much shorter than the corolla; flowers smaller than those of C. bicolor, and about the same size as those of &. bartsigfolia. C. BARTSLEFOLIA, Gray, in D. C. Prodr. vol. x. 318- C. sicotor, Benth. m D. C-. Prodr. vol. x. p. 318. PENTSTEMON uereropHy.uus, D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p. 330. Bot. Reg. T. 1899. MIMULUS earopinatis, Dougl. nm D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p. 370. Banks of Deer Creek. August. M. Scovuert, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. vol. 11. p. 100, D. C. Prodr. vol. x.p.571. Same locality. M. xutevs, Linn. in D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p. 568. M.. moscnAtus, Dougl. D. C. Prodr. vel. x. p. 372. M. Pratrenn, nov. sp. Planta humilis, erecta, 3—5” alta, hirsuta; foliis oppositis, 2—3-paribus, sessilibus, lineari-lanceolatis; floribus 3, in siceo luteis; pedicellis in axilla foliorum superiorum inzequalibus; calyce angulari, striato, maculisque violaceis consperso. Incomplete specimens. A dwarfish plant, slender, erect, 5—5” high, hirsute > leaves 2—3 pairs, opposite, sessile, linear-lanceolate ; flowers 3, yellow in the dry state, on unequal pedicels, starting from the axil of the upper pair of leaves; calyx angular, with alternate white and green lines, besprinkled with violet dots. EUNANUS Totmiaz, D.C. m Prodr. vol. x. p. 374. E. Dovetassn, D. C. in Prodr. vol. x. p. 374. ORTHOCARPUS purpurascens, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. x. p. 536. On hills. July. O. (TRIPHYSARIA) tacrrus, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 329. “ Erectus, durus, ramo- gus, pubescenti-hirsutus, viscidus; foliis 1—3-nervibus, & medio ad apicem pinnati- PLANTA PRATTENNIANA CALIFORNICA. 99 fidis, laciniis longe linearibus, spicis densis non coloratis (in sicco fusco-virentibus) dentibus calycinis lineari-lanceolatis, acutiusculis; corolle puberule tubo exerto, galea acuta, labii appendiculis brevibus, acutis, antheris bilocularibus.” Orthocarpus lacerus has a great affinity with O. lithospermoides ; but the leaves are more incised, the spikes less dense, the bracts almost palmately 5—7-partite, not turning yellow by drying, and pubescence more green. In the latter the corolla is yellow, and rose colored in the other. It is easily distinguished from O. hispidus by its much larger corolla and conspicuously saccate lip. OROBANCHACE Al. ANOPLANTHUS Fascicunatus, Walp. Orobanche fasciculata, Nutt. Phelipea Jasciculata, Spreng. in D. C. Prodr. vol. xi. p. 42. LABIAT 2. PYCNANTHEMUM Causrornicum, Torr. ined. Herba rigida, erecta, foliis ovato- lanceolatis, acuminatis, integris, basi rotundatis, sessilibus, tomentoso-canescentibus, pellucido punctatis. Capitulis axillaribus terminalibusque; bracteis exterioribus foliaceis, interioribus setaceis, villosissimis ; floribus parvis, numerosis ; calyce tubuloso, obconico, dentibus brevibus, valde tomentosis; corolla in sicco ochroleuc4, purpureo sparse punctata, tubo calycem eequante; staminibus exertis, antheris violaceis. The whole plant canescent-tomentose; stem quadrangular, rigid, 15—18, high; leaves sessile, cordate, oval-lanceolate, entire or with a few small teeth, veined and sprinkled over with small pellucid glands. Capitula axillary and terminal, very crowded; exterior bracts foliaceous; interior setaceous and very villous. Flowers pale yellow, with a few small purple dots. Calyx tubular, striate, tomentose, as long as the tube of the corolla. Stamens exserted, with purple anthers. A very aromatic plant, nearly as pungent as Monarda junctata. MONARDELLA Suexton1, Torr. in litt. “recta suffruticosa? puberula, foliis ovato-oblongis, petiolatis, subobtusis, integris vel obscure et remote repando-denticu- latis; bracteis exterioribus oblongis, calyce tubuloso, dentibus brevibus, lanceolatis, muticis; verticillastris terminalibus.” This species is easily distinguished from the others by its more exserted corollas, villous tubes, and very long linear lobes protruding about half an inch above the teeth of the calyx. M. canpicans, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 330. “ Annua, erecta, canescenti-tomentella ; foliis petiolatis, anguste oblongis, subintegerrimis ; bracteis exterioribus ovatis, acuti- usculis; calycis tubulosi dentibus brevibus, muticis.” Herbaceous, ramose, sparingly leaved, a foot high or a little over; branches oppo. 26 100 PLANTH PRATTENIANA CALIFORNICH. site, subfastigiate. Leaves 1—2” long, almost similar to those of If. odoratissima, but tapering at base into a somewhat long petiole. Capitula more numerous and smaller than in the other species, and always terminal and solitary at the top of the branches. Bracts veined, pubescent, 3” long. Calyces densely villous about the teeth. M. oporatissimA, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. xii, p. 190. POGOGYNE parvirtora, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. xii. p. 243. AUBERTIA numuris, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. xi. p. 359. April. BRUNELLA voutearts, var. s. D.C. Prodr. vol. xii. p. 411. SCUTELLARIA aneustirotiA, Pursh. Fl. Am. vol. ii. p. 412, D. C. Prodr. vol. Xl. p. 424. S. TUBEROSA, Benth. D. C. Prodr. vol. xii. p. 229. A dwarfish species, very pungent when green. August. STACHYS Pratrentt, spec. nov. ? Humilis, robusta, hirsuto-pilosa, foliis sessilibus, oblongo-ovatis, obtusissimis, ad basim serratis, ad apicem crenulatis, media costa promi- nente, albida subtus instructis ; calycibus pilosis, dentibus brevibus, ovatis, subsequa- libus ; verticillis 5—6-floris. Stem robust, hirsute-pilose ; lower leaves about 2” long, sessile, oblong-ovate, obtuse, dentate at base, and crenulate towards the top, with a prominent white rib under- neath; calyces villous, with short ovate teeth, almost equal; verticils from 5—6 flowers. Aff. S. pilose, Nutt. The unique specimen in the collection is about 8 inches high. Hilly sides of woods. June. TRICHOSTEMMA ostoneum, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. xii. p. 573. <A variety. Mr. Pratten’s specimens have ovate leaves; the whole plant, especially the stem, cymes and margin of the leaves, is remarkably softly villous, with hairs 2—3”’ long. T. LANCEOLATUM, Benth. in D. C. Prodr. vol. xii. p. 573. Very aromatic. POLYGONACEA. ERIOGONUM picuoromum, Dougl. in Trans. Lond. Linn. Soc. vol. xvii. p. 415. E. nupum, Dougl. in Trans. Lond. Linn. Soe. vol. xvii. p. 413. Ki. ViMINEUM, Dougl. in Trans. Lond. Linn. Soc. vol. xvii. p. 410. KH. PRATTENIANUM, spec. nova? Specimen incompletum. Sectio Genitalia glabra, Benth. Pedunculi subnudi, purpurascentes, semipedales vel longiores, verticillo foliorum 4, ovalium, breve pedunculatorum supra basim muniti. Umbella terminalis, PLANTH PRATTENIANZ CALIFORNICA. 101 globosa, multiflora; involucrum maximum, campanulatum, lanugine densa tectum, brevi-dentatum ; perianthiis exertis, glabris, purpureis? in sicco ochroleucis. Mr. Pratten collected only two specimens, one without, the other with a verticil of four small, oval and shortly-petioled leaves a little above the base of the glabrous scape; umbel terminal, globose, very crowded; involucre large, very lanuginous, with short oval-acute teeth; perianths exserted, glabrous, probably purplish, but yellow in the dry state. Radical leaves wanting. CONIFER 2. JUNIPERUS vireiniAna, Linn. Mich. Syl. Am. vol. ii. p. 191. T. 155. ORCHIDACE A. GYMNADENIA toneispica, sp. nova. (specimen cui folia radicalia desunt.) Scapo gracili, erecto, fere pedali; foliis 4 infra spicam, parvulis, bracteiformibus, ovato-lanceo- latis; spicd circiter 50-fora, gradatim ad apicem gracilescenti, 7” longa; bracteis lan- ceolatis, ovaria equantibus; floribus minimis, albis? in sicco fuscantibus; corollis cernuis, sepalis subsequantibus, labio integro, calcare tenui, clavato, ovario longiori. The spike is very long, tapering, with at least fifty flowers. Sepals and petals almost equal, lip entire, spur longer than the germ, filiform, clubshape, with a much longer spike than Spiranthes bracteosa of Lindl. in Bot. Reg. T. 1934, to which Gym- nadenia longispica has a great resemblance. The inflorescence seems spirally twisted round the scape. _ LILIACEA. CALOCHORTUS venvustus, Benth. in Hort. Trans. vol. i. N. 8. p. 412. C. uxxcans, Pursh. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 240. CYCLOBOTHRA. rutcnerta, Benth. in Hort. Trans. vol. i. N. S. p. 415. C. ALBA, Sweet. Bot. Reg. T. 1661. FRITILLARIA tanceoxata, Pursh. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 230. Mr. Pratten’s speci- mens are, evidently, the same as Pursh’s plant, although bearing from 2—4 flowers. One specimen with a whorl of 3 leaves at the base is 14” long and has 4 flowers. The whole plantis slightly pubescent ; the leaves are linear-lanceolate, parallel-veined, those of the whorl about 4” long. Between the whorl and flowers the scape is naked ; but each flower is in the axil of a leaf longer than the recurved peduncle. Flowers campanulate, purplish, with darker spots, more than one inch diameter at top ; petals narrow-lanceolate, longer than the stamina. Pistil and ovary minutely hispid. In wet places around Nevada. May. 102 PLANTA PRATTENIANZ CALIFORNICHA. F’. PARVIFLORA, Torr. ined. (for Whipple’s report.) Scapo 6—12 pollicari, floribus 3—4, cernuis, parvis, pallide-purpureis, haud maculatis; foliis verticillatis, oppositis alternisve, lineari-lanceolatis, venosis, obtusis vel acuminatis. Corollis pubescentibus, campanulatis; petalis ovato-lanceolatis, striatis; staminibus inclusis. A smaller plant than the above, with small drooping flowers without dots. Leaves linear-lanceolate, veined, obtuse or acuminate, in verticils of threes, in twos or alter. nate. Corollas pubescent, campanulate ; petals oval-lanceolate, purplish-white, striate ; ‘stamens included, unequal, a little shorter than the pistil; stigma recurved. LILIUM surersum, Willd. Spec. Plant. vol. i. p. 88. BRODIEA Granpirtora, Pursh. Fl. Am. vol. i. p. 223. In damp places fully ex- — posed to the sun. B. GRANDIFLORA, var. macrantha, Torr. A larger plant than the preceding, bearing an umbel of 6—8 flowers, on erect and unequal peduncles, some of which are not less than 4—5” long. Perigonium 13—1%” in length, and more than 1” diameter at top, not inflated at base, even when the germ has attained a considerable size ; otherwise not differing materially from B. grandiflora, which is amuch smaller plant. DICHELOSTEMMA conezstum, Kunth. Enumeratio plant. vol. iv. Brodiea congesta. HESPEROSCORDON tacrevum, Lindl. Bot. Reg. T. 1639. Hook. Fl. Am. Bor. Am. T. 148. ; CALLIPRORA tutes, Lindl. Bot. Reg. T. 1590. SEUBERTIA taxa, Kunth. Enum. plant. vol. iv. A most beautiful bulbous plant, with a naked scape, above one foot high, bearing at its summit an umbel of from 8—50 large blue flowers. These are supported by unequal petioles, articulated with the perigonium. Corolla infundibuliform, with an obconic slender tube; limb six-parted ; divisions oval-lanceolate. Filaments of the anthers short, somewhat dilated, inserted on the throat of the corolla; ovary long-stipitate, globose, with a short style crowned with a simple, blunt, and somewhat papillose stigma. Leaves linear, canaliculate, shorter than the scape. ALLIUM ratcrrorium, Hook. and Arn. in Bot. Beechey’s voy. Another ALLIUM, with naked scape and small umbel of white flowers. Specimen too imperfect for examination, and, I think, a new species. ECHEANDIA tenvrroiia, Orteg. Kunth. Enum. pl. vol. iv. PLANTA PRATTENNIANZ CALIFORNICZ. 103 CHLOROGALUM promeripianum. (Soap-plant.) Kunth. Enum. pl. vol. iv. p. 682. Anthericum pomeredianwm, Gawl. in Bot. Reg. SCH@NOLIRION atzum, sp. nova. Racemo simplici, circiter 50-floro, 10 polli- cari; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis, membranaceis; perigonii patenti foliolis ovalibus, concavis, 3-nerviis, persistentibus, basi breviter connatis, ad apicem glandulis minimis linearibus ciliatis; staminibus 6, stylum squantibus; stylo filiformi, in stigma obso- lete 3-dentatum attenuato; ovario subsessili, 3 loculari, ovulis tantummodo duabus in loculamentis. Of this beautiful plant I had only fragments of the raceme, without scapes or leaves, SCHGINOLIRION is a new genus founded by Prof. Torrey on the Phalangiwm eroceum of Mich., Ornithogalum croceum of Kll., which will soon be published in Whipple’s report. “It differs from Phalangiwm, in the root being bulbous and the cells of the ovary 2 (not several) ovuled, as well as in other characters; from Orni- thogalum, in cells not 6—8 ovuled, style not capitate 3-lobed; from Scilla, in the same characters ; from Asphodelus, in sepals distinct, or nearly so, at base, and 3-nerved, not divided and uninerved, stigma not capitate 3-lobed, nor root fibrous-fasciculate. The genera with which it is most allied ‘are Camassia and Chlorogalum.” ‘Torr. in litt. DIOSCOREACE As. TRILLIUM szssitz, var. gigantewm, Hook. and Arn. in Bot. Beechey’s voy. p. 402. The three involucral leaves have a diameter of 8 inches; each leaf is 4x4”, rhomboid acute and strongly veined; the petals are purple, rhomboid-lanceolate 22” long by 13” wide. MELANTHACE ZL. LEIMANTHIUM Norratin, Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. Helonias angustifolia, Nutt. Amianthium Nuttall, Gr. Melanth. in Ann. Lye. N. York, Vol. iv. p. 123. VERATRUM Catirornicum, sp. nova. Caulis robustus, foliosus, pubescens, foliis ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, plicatis, glabris, imis caulinaribus in petiolum attenuatis et cum eo circa pedalibus; superioribus sessilibus, subvaginantibus. Racemo valde pubescenti, paniculato et circiter pedali; floribus breve pedicellatis, polygamis ; sepalis ovatis obovatisve, persistentibus, in sicco fuscis et purpureo ad basim maculatis, antheris reniformibus posticis, antice dehiscentibus ; stylis brevibus, recurvis. This is undoubtedly different from V. viride of which I have specimens from Oregon, perfectly similar to our eastern plant, except that the leaves are almost round. The color and shape of petals differ entirely; V. viride has greenish flowers with narrow 27 104 PLANTA PRATTENIANZ CALIFORNIC. elongated petals drying green; V. Californicum, on the contrary, like Melanthium virginicum, dries purple, and has ovate sepals, marked at the base with a deep brown spot. The bracts in V. viride are very long and narrow, those of V. Califor- mnicum are scarcely longer than the short pedicel, and are oval and concave ; the leaves also are quite different; they are broadly ovate in the former, and oval-lanceolate in Mr. Pratten’s plant. JUNCACEA. LUZULA campestris, D. C., in Gray’s Bot. of the Northern States, p. 505. CYPERACE A. CAREX. Not sufficiently advanced. GRAMINEZ. CALAMAGROSTIS canapgnsis, Beauv. C. Mexicana, Nutt. in Gray’s Bot. of Northern States, p. 582. FESTUCA puriuscuta? Linn. in Gray’s Bot. of Northern States, p. 599. HORDEUM pusittum, Nutt. in Gray’s Bot. Northern States, p. 604. FILICES. POLYPODIUM vo.earz, Linn. Gray. Bot. Northern States, p. 622. WOODWARDIA Cuamissoni, Brackenridge, Bot. Exp. W. radicans, Hook. and Arn. Bot. Beechey’s Voy. GYMNOGRAMMA. Not new, but I had no means to ascertain the species. DRYOPTERIS, Adans. (Lastrea, Bory.) Spec. nov.? Frond triangular-lanceolate glabrous, pale green. Pinne linear-lanceolate acute, alternate, more than 20. Pin- nulz also above 20, obovate-oblong, obtuse, sharply and pinnately toothed. Fruit dots between the sinuses. Indusium smooth. Near D. Intermedia et D. dilatata. LYCHENES. EVERINA vouvrina, Ach. Fide Mr. Laning. CETRARIA, near Ciliaris, if it be not that species. Fide Mr. Laning. fe C. pLAcoripiA, Tuck. Fide Mr. Laning. [ 105 J ART. X.—felation of Atomic Heat to Crystalline Form. By J. Airxen Meas, M. D. Very probably in the atomic constitution of matter we are to seek the true material basis of the whole Science of Nature. The unity of Natural Science—as displayed in the mutual relations and connections of its different parts—here finds a positive expression. Therefore, Natural Science, as a unit, becomes philosophically intelligible in proportion to the clearness and accuracy of our views concerning the aggregation of passive atoms or ultimate particles into Forms,—whether organic or inorganic, whether specifically or generically impressed. But the comprehensive study of such ageregations, requires the contemporary investigation of the physical agent which brings together inert atoms and retains them in contact,—which preserves as well as produces the form. Under the influence of the attractive principle, matter everywhere tends deter- minedly to assume a definite shape. Hence crystallization is perceived to be as common a characteristic of the inorganic, as vitality is of the organic world. Yet if we may judge from the standard works of the day, upon these subjects, the cause of the one is involved in as much obscurity as that of the other. A crystal is inanimate matter individualized, or endowed with a form, in virtue of which it approximates the unorganized to the organized kingdom. The difference between the most complex crystal and the simplest plant is of course extreme; but while on the one hand physiologists have carefully detailed these differences; on the other, they seem to have lost sight of the striking analogies which exist between the seriate results produced alike in the crystalline and the animal and vegetable worlds, by a methodical intermittency of action, on the part of their respective developing agents. Thus the concentric layers of wood in the trunk of a tree, between which lines of demarcation are more or less evident,—as is especially the case between the duramen and alburnum of the lignum vite and the coco-wood,—indicate the successive periods of activity and repose of the formative principle. So the lines of cleavage in a crystal silently assure us that the attractive power is intermittent in action, and that along these weak planes it had ceased its exertions for a while, or, at least, had acted very feebly.* Among the numerous and beautiful forms assumed * Dana. Amer. Journ. of Science and Arts, 2d ser., vol. iv., p. 378, —v., p. 100. 106 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF by snow-crystals, we find specimens from whose primitive rays are given off lateral spines or branchlets in pairs, directly opposite to, and separated the same distance from each other. One basal ray with its secondary spines is the fac-simile of all the rest. Now this tendency to the repetition of precisely similar parts is seen not in the formation of a crystal only, but also in the development of the highest plants, in zoophytes and in the lower mollusca and articulata where it embraces entire groups of organs. Thus in the highest forms of the Echinodermata, five precisely similar rays are developed around a common centre. ‘The same tendency is seen in the eight or ten tentaculee which surround the mouths of the dibranchiate Cephalopoda. Similar examples are presented by the Annelida. In all these instances it is evident that the developing force has acted methodically from a common centre, towards the accom- plishment of a definite end or object—the production of a special form. In elassifi- cation, form is of the highest value to the practical naturalist. But form is not fundamental, it is merely secondary; it is the effect of the action of the developing cause upon ponderable matter. Aided by a severe and cautious logic, the careful and elaborate study of comparative morphology, it is reasonable to hope, will enable us to advance from the known to the unknown, from the multitudinous forms of natural objects to their physical cause. Moreover, it will probably lead to the discovery of profound analogies between the organic and the inorganic worlds,—analogies mani- fested through similarity in the modes of action of the formative or developing prin- ciple. . Crystallization naturally constitutes the first chapter in the history of comparative morphology. A knowledge of crystallization is of prime importance to the chemist and mineralogist in assisting them to arrange bodies in their natural groups; to the natural philosopher in elucidating the laws of cohesive attraction; to the physiologist, since it promises to throw considerable light upon the function of a fundamental physical agent, the analogy of whose method of action with that of the developing principle in the organic world, will lead, if not to their identification, at least to more definite knowledge of the phenomena of growth; to the physician, as it affords some clue to the pathology of symmetrical diseases; and lastly to the philosophic naturalist, from its relation to organic morphology, through which, perhaps, will be attained that much desired result, the demonstrative proof of a great general or archetypal plan of organization. A diligent and attentive inquiry into the rationale of the phenomena of isomorphism and dimorphism would dissipate much of the mystery that hovers about the cause of crystallization in general; and even, perhaps, illuminate many obscure parts of organic science. Towards the accomplishment of so desirable a result, an important step was made ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 107 by Mitscherlich, who from his elaborate researches deduced the well-known law, that the same number of atoms combined in the same way produce the same crystalline form, and that crystalline form is independent of the chemical nature of the atoms, and determined by their number and relative position only. Carefully considered, however, this law is seen to reveal merely the secondary or proximate cause of any special crystalline form. It does not distinctly explain the phenomenon of iso- morphism. Obviously in the power which aggregates the atoms, we are to look for the prime cause of crystallization in general. Mlitscherlich’s law does not clearly explain why different acids having different atomic weights and volumes, should, when combined with the same base, present the same geometrical figure. According to the atomic theory, the ultimate atoms composing the various chemical elements differ in weight and volume. The numbers expressive of atomic weight are in some measure indicative of atomic magnitude, otherwise the present great diversity in the atomic numbers of the elements and their compounds could scarcely exist. And this supposition receives very strong support from the well-known, but not duly appre- ciated fact, that the atomic weight of a body may be very great, while its atomic number is very small. Keeping in view this difference in atomic magnitude, it is difficult to conceive, as indeed has been objected to Mitscherlich’s law, why arsenic and phosphoric acids, whose respective atomic weights are 115 and 71, should, when combined with soda, produce isomorphous compounds; why the seleniate and sulphate of soda should be identical in form, when the atomic weight of selenic acid is 64, and that of sulphuric acid 40, &c. Again, it is a well-known fact that the same body may assume two or more distinct and unrelated forms. Thus, carbon presents us with regular octohedrons in the diamond, and six-sided plates in graphite, or plumbago. Sulphur is also dimor- phous, assuming two incompatible crystalline forms. The minerals rutile, brookite and anatase are distinct erystals of titanic acid. Carbonate of lime, too, expresses itself dimorphously. Such facts as these show that as far as ponderable elements are concerned, crystalline form is by no means the consequence of an invariable atomic constitution. Moreover, isomorphism is compatible with a considerable difference in the number of atoms. Thus, according to Mitscherlich, sulphur in one of its forms is isomorphous with the bisulphate of potassa. The nitrite and the nitrate of lead have the same octohedral figure, yet the latter compound has two atoms more of oxygen than the former. Gmelin instances a number of similar examples. Here, then, it remains to be explained why two or more acids having different atomic weights, upon uniting with the same base, assume the same crystalline form; why the same body presents us with examples of dimorphism, trimorphism, or even, as in the case of water, of polymorphism; why some substances are isomorphous both in the separate state and in combination; and lastly, why some substances replace 28 108 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF each other in compounds according to equal, and others according to unequal numbers of atoms. In 1809, from his own experiments, and those performed in company with Hum- boldt, Gay Lussac clearly demonstrated that gases combine with each other by definite volumes as well as by definite weights, and that the volume of a gaseous compound is distinctly related to that of one or both of its constituents. Prout, Thompson and others, by their researches, afterwards showed that this law embraced vapors, and also the vapors of certain bodies which possess the elastic form only when combined with permanent gases. Recently Dr. Hermann Kopp of Giessen has attempted to extend the volume-theory in another direction. He endeavors to show,—and with remarkable success,—that all bodies in forming chemical compounds, unite by definite volumes in addition to equivalent weights; that every body, whether elementary or compound, has a specific atomic volume; that as atomic weights are proportional, so are atomic volumes; that whilst atomic weight gives us the idea of mass, a crystal is the representative of a regular and definite volume. From considerations of this nature he enunciates the following law: “The specific weight of isomorphous bodies is proportional to their atomic weights; or, isomorphous bodies possess the same atomic volume.’* From the numerous examples adduced by Kopp, of the validity of this law, we may legitimately infer that the phenomenon of isomorphism may be expressed by saying, that many elementary and compound bodies tend strongly to assume the same, or, at least, but a slightly differing volume. Furthermore, all crystallization is the assumption of a form or regularly defined volume, the specifically regular outline or contour of which is dependent upon the power and freedom of the aggregating force. In the study of the volume of a body, then, is in all probability involved the study of the cause of cohesive attraction, isomorphism, dimorphism, trimorphism, polymeric- isomorphism, and all the interesting though obscure phenomena of crystallization. Evidence of a very high character exists for supposing that identity in the arrange- ment of atoms is the immediate predisposing cause of identity in form or volume. Sameness in number does not appear necessary, for examples exist of isomorphous bodies having unequal numbers of atoms. Reasoning in this channel, we are con- strained to seek for the cause not only of isomorphism, but of all crystallization, in that force, whatever it may be, which is capable of arranging an equal or unequal number of atoms into the same volume. Now, many crystals, when once formed, will maintain themselves unchanged under very varying external conditions. Hence it may be inferred that the force which gave form to a portion of matter, which created the crystal, so to speak, must exist with and in it, otherwise that form could not be preserved. Just as in the organic world, the parent imparts its vital powers ,* London Philosophical Magazine, 3d series, Vol. 18, p. 255. ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 109 to the ovum, which, through the processes of development, growth and nutrition, is seen to act as a preservative power; when it departs, the mass of organized particles which it vivified or animated is left a prey to surrounding destructive influences. A crystal is composed of ponderable and imponderable elements;—the former visible, gross and inert; the latter invisible, subtle, expansive and self-repellant. This imponderable is caloric, and in one of its relations it constitutes the specific heat of a body. Through all ponderable bodies it diffuses itself without exception, and accu- mulates in quantities varying with the peculiar nature of the ponderable substance with which it is combined. Here the question naturally presents itself to the inquiring mind, as to the cuz bono of this caloric, its uses and relations. Its continued presence, and well-known power and activity, as compared with ponderable matter, authorize us to conclude that it is not without use, otherwise we accuse nature of superfluity, of supererogation, which is manifestly unphilosophical. The combined ‘heat of a body, we know, is intimately connected with the existing condition or state of aggregation of that body. Variation in the one is attended with alteration in the other. Ice, water and steam are three very different forms of one and the same gaseous compound. In all, the ponderable atomic constitution is the same, but the amount of heat contained in each is very different. Diminish the heat of steam, and you convert it into water; diminish it still further, and you convert the water into ice. In this simple instance, then, and others could easily be furnished, we have beautifully manifested the extraordinary influence of caloric upon the aggregation of atoms. And yet with so simple and forcible an example before them—an example embracing the three known conditions in which it is possible for ponderable matter to exist—chemists still express themselves doubtfully as to the propriety of admitting heat as an active constituent of bodies equally essential as their ponderable elements: In his interesting paper above referred to, Kopp has given us numerous examples which tend strongly to substantiate the relation which he contends for between iso- morphism and sameness of atomic volume. Crystalline form and volume of atoms are thus closely assimilated, if not, indeed, identified. Thus far concerning the pon- derable matter. Philosophical confidence in the intelligential character and immuta- bility of nature’s laws, and in the unerring exactitude of the results of those laws,— in other words, implicit faith in the fundamental and truly scientific doctrine that “nothing was made in vain,” here encourages us to advance at least one step further in the cautious investigation of this intricate subject, by attempting to ascertain the relation between the atomic volume and the imponderable element caloric surrounding the atoms of a crystal. In the following tables, where a number of elementary and compound bodies have been grouped together isomorphously, it will be seen that for each group the numbers expressive of the atomic volumes of the different substances of that group are either 110 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF almost identical, or related to each other in a simple, multiple proportion. A still more evident similarity prevails throughout the numbers indicating the atomic heats of the same bodies. Furthermore, a remarkable relation, in some instances more -manifest than in others, is observed to exist between the atomic heat of a body and its atomic volume. The first column of the table contains the names of the substances, or, when these are compound, their formule only; the second, their atomic weights upon the hydro- gen scale; the third, their specific gravities; the fourth, the observed specific heats, with the initials of the Experimenters attached; the fifth, the mean specific heats; the sixth, the atomic heats obtained, after the manner of Dulong and Petit, by multi- plying together the atomic weight and the specific heat; the seventh, the atomic volumes, calculated according to the method of Schroéder and Kopp, by dividing the atomic weight by the specific gravity. Av. denotes Avogadro; Dl., Dalton; D,M., De la Rive and Marcet; Hm., Hermann; Nm., Neumann; P,D., Petit and Dulong; Pr., Potter; P,J., Playfaire and Joule ; Rg., Regnault. The specific gravities adopted are generally the means of the observations made by Kopp, Karsten, Brisson, Gay Lussac and Thenard, Mohr, Breithaupt and others, the results of whose experiments are recorded in the more elaborate chemical works. ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. ELEMENTARY BODIES. Atomi Specifi Specifi M Spe- Atomic Hlements. Woigtiti le) Geantte. new nena Hew Sulphur 16 1.99 0.1880 P,D. 0.1900 Di. 0.2026 Re. 3.2416 Reg. 0.2090 Nm. 0.1974 3.15840 Selenium 40) 4.31 0.0675 Hm. ; 0.0834 D,M. 3.3480 Reg. 0.0837 Re. 0.0782 3.1280 Tellurium 64 6.26 0.0515 Rg. 3.2960 Re. 0.0912 P,D. 0.0713 4.5632 Manganese 27.8 8.02 0.14411 Re. 4.00598 Tron 27.2 GAB 0.1054 Hm. (cll) ery, 0.1100 P,D. 0.1130 Pr. 0.1138 Re. 3.09536 Rg. 0.1300 DI. 0.1144 3.1116 Cobalt 29.6 8.57 0.1070 Re. 7.989 PJ 0.1172 D,M. 3.1672 Rg. 0.1498 P,D. 0.1246 3.6881 Nickel 29.6 8.46 0.1035 P,D 3.21456 Re. 7.832 P,J.| 0.1086 Reg. 0.1060 3.1376 Copper 31.8 8.896 0.0949 P,D. 8.424 PJ 0.0950 D,M. 0.0951 Re. 0.0960 Pr. 3.02418 Re. 0.0961 Hm 0.0954 3.0337 Zine 32.3 6.99 0.0927 P,D. | 721 Bz. 0.0929 Nm. | 0.0940 Pr. | 0.0955 Re. 3.08465 Re. 0.1000 DI. 0.0950 3.0590 Cadmium 55.8 8.63 0.0385 Hm. 0.0567 Re. 3.16386 Re. 0.0576 D,M. 0.0509 2.8402 Basan Gveleiois 1. Braue i Strontium | 44 2. 542* Lead TOS Si eri aleles 0.0293 P,D. | 0.0299 Hm. 0.0314 Re. 0.0320 Pr. 3.25932 Re. 0.0400 Dl. 0.0325 3.3735 Tin 59 7.29 0.0514 D,M. 0.0515 P,D. 0.0560 Pr. | 0.0562 Re. 3.3158 Reg. | 0.0700 DI. 0.0570 8.3630 Mem | Oe | yey | ? hh * Bunsen. Comptes Rendus, Avril, 1855, p. 717. 29 oe feb Atomic Volume. 8.04 PS 9.145 8.093 4.593 112 Elements. Wastt Platinum 98.8 Palladium 53.4 Tridium 98.8 Osmium 99.7 Tungsten 95 Molybdenum} 48 Gold 199 Silver 108.1 Sodium BBB Potassium 39.2 Phosphorus | 31.4 Arsenic 75.2 Antimony 129 Bismuth 106.4 Todine 126 Bromine 78.4 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF Specific Gravity. 21.5 11.7 21.6 21.8 17.3 8.63 19.258 10.428 5.74 5.23 PJ. 6.72 9.79 4.948 2.99 Specific Heat. 0.0314 P,D. 0.0324 Re. 0.0593 Rg. 0.0368 Re. 0.0350 D,M. 0.0364 Re. 0.0659 D,M. 0.0722 Rg. 0.0298 P,D. 0.0324 Re. 0.0340 Pr. 0.0557 P,D. 0.0570 Re. 0.0590 Pr. 0.1887 Rg. 0.2900 Hm. 0.3850 Ay. 0.0804 Hm. 0.0810 Ay. 0.0814 Re. 0.0470 Nm. 0.0496 Hm. 0.0508 Re. 0.0520 Pr. 0.0270 Nm. 0.0288 P,D. 0.0308 Re. 0.0330 Pr. 0.0541 Re. 0.0890 Av. 0.13850 D,M. Mean Spe- Atomic | Atomic cific Heat. Heat. Volume. 8.20112 Re. 4.595 0.0319 3.15172 3.1666 Re. 4.564 3.63084 Rg. 4 574 oo 4.573 0.0357 3.3915 5.491 0.0690 3.3120 5.061 0.0320 6.3680 10.333 0.0572 6.1833 10.366 24.123 45.581 5.92518 Re. 0.2879 9.0400 17.740 0.0809 6.0836 13.101 14.378 P,J. 0.0498 6.4242 19.196 0.0299 3.1813 10.867 0.0715 9.0090 25.464 26.220 10.5840 wa ETT AON Le. | ih ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. COME OUM NED ee: OLD Tl Has, Formule. Sn O, Ti O, Fe, O; Cr, O3 FeO, CO, MgO, CO, CaO, CO, CaO, JO, Bs 2 ye ——_. CaO, CO, Sr0, CO, BaO, CO, PbO, CO, BaO, SO, SrO, SO, PbO, SO; Specific Gravity. 6.960 40.5 61.4 78.4 80.2 92. 151.8 3.792 5.254 5.21 113 Specific Heat. 0.0933 Re. 0.1110 Av. 0.0900 Hm. 0.0931 Nm. 0.1716 Reg. 0.1630 Hm. 0.1703 Re. 0.1724 Nm. 0.1963 Hm. 0.2000 Av. 0.1942 Nm. 0.1976 Re. 0.1972 Nm. 0.2173 Rg. 0.1757 Re. 0.1681 Re. 0.1669 Re. 0.1692 Nm. 0.1796 Re. 0.1960 Nm. 0.2126 Hm. 02220 Nm. 0.1984 Re. 0.1820 Nm. 0.2174 Re. 0.1945 Hm. 0.2046 Nm. 0.2018 Nm. 0.2085 Re. 0.1445 Nm. 0.1448 Re. 0.1078 Nm. 0.1104 Re. 0.0860 Re. 0.0814 Nm. 0.0818 Hm. 0.1088 Nm. 0.1128 Re. —— 0.1356 Nm. 0.1428 Re. 0.0872 Re. 0.0848 Nm. Mean Specific Heat. 0.0968 0.2004 0.1699 0.1877 0.0830 0.1108 0.1892 0.0860 * Dolomite, Atomic Heat. 7.260 10.3005 13.3201 15.7272 9.4794 10.73648 10.18084 10.0747 10.8575 10.7004 10.7572 11.1054 12.9192 12.8064 13.0548 Atomic Volume. 10.775 13.409 14.921 15.393 15.067 15.052 16.158 18.464 17.043 20.470 22.924 20.601 26.971 24.403 24.354 Volume according to Kopp. 154.58 168.07 186.23 213.47 255.53 286.71 259.20 337.55 305.30 304.14 114 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF Formule. Float BaO, NO, 130.6 SrO, NO, 106. PbO, NO, 165.5 Ba Cl 104. Sr Cl 79.4 Pb Cl 139.2 Ca Cl 55.9 KO, NO, 101.2 NH,0O, NO, 80 NaO, NO, 85.2 AgO,NO; | 170.1 Na Cl 58.6 Ae Cl 143.5 KO, SO; 87.2 KO, CrO, 99.3 Specific Specific Gravity. Heat. 3.050 0.1334 Hm. 0.1525 Rg. 2.948 0.1683 Hm. 4.584 3.782 0.0780 Hm. 0.0896 Re. 2.803 0.0972 Hm. 0.1199 Rg. 5.574 0.0664 Re. 2.127 0.1642 Rg. 2.030 0.2690 Av. 0.2387 Re. 1.643 2.185 | 0.2400 Ay. 0.2782 Re. 4.355 0.1435 Re. 2.114 0.2210 Av. 0.2300 DI. 0.2140 Rg. 5.363 0.0844 Hm. 0.0911 Rg. 2.640 0.1690 Avy. 0.1901 Rg. 2.652 0.1850 Re. Mean b A Volume 3 Atomic Atomic Specie” | Heat (| ieimmees| Seats 0.1428 18.6496 49.819 586.75 17.8398 35.956 449.41 19.2% 36.108 452.58 0.0838 8.7152 27.498 343.75 0.1085 8.6149 28.326 358.18 9.2428 24.973 312.24 9.1787 26.281 0.2538 25.6845 49.852 624.71 30.4+* 48.691 612.00 0.2591 22.0753 38.993 489.08 24.109 39.058 488.79 0.2216 12.9857 27.719 347.09 0.0877 11.7849 26.757 334.81 0.1795 15.6524 33.030 413.25 18.370 37.443 468.33 To the first group belong sulphur, selenium and tellurium, substances closely con- nected, not only by their own similarity in chemical properties, but also by that of their analogous compounds. nevertheless, in both atomic heat and volume. Sulphur and selenium, although their atomic weights, and therefore the magnitude of their atoms, differ so much, correspond very closely, Hence, probably, the isomorphism of the sulphates and seleniates, sulphurets and seleniurets—a point which I have not been able to verify satisfactorily, in consequence of not being able to find upon record any reliable specific heats for the seleniates and seleniurets, by which they might be compared with the corresponding sulphur salts. The atomic volume of Pb S is 16.592; that of Pb Se, 16.541. The experiments of Mitscherlich show that the sulphates and seleniates crystallize in right, rhombohedral prisms, at a very low temperature; in octohedrons with a square base, at a mean temperature; and in oblique prisms, at a * Calculated according to the method laid down by Gmelin. ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 115 very elevated temperature. Tellurium associates itself with this class by heat and volume, as well as by chemical properties. Reasons exist for ranking oxygen with these three elements. The probability of such a connection finds some support in the fact that the combining measure of aqueous vapor and sulphuretted hydrogen is two volumes, and that of the’oxide, sulphuret and telluret of ethyl, four volumes. An atom of each of the two former substances, probably possesses a heat-sphere of the same size. ‘The calorific envelopes of the atoms of the last three are also equal to each other in extent, but twice as great as those of the former. ‘The relation of the oxides and sulphurets is seen in the subjoined table. Atomic Atomic ; Atomi i Oxides. Heat. Volume. | Sulphides. Bede : eee | HgO 5.665827 9.855 HeS 6.00736 14.625 MnO 5.58956 7.568 Fes 5.97080 con CuO 5.65199 6.297 Nis 5.84273 _ NiO 5.97276 no CoS 5.70548 oo MgO 5.71320 6.500 ZnS 5.93005 12.286 ZnO 5.98176 7.178 PbS 6.09303 16.592 PbO DO 2lO2 11.982 SnsS 6.27375 906 CaO 5.10150 9.016 SnO 6.2980 10.044 Sulphuric and manganic acids are isomorphous. From this is inferred the iso- morphism of the elements sulphur and manganese. Hence manganese is regarded as the connecting link between the first three elements in the table, called the sulphur class by Graham, and the next seven, named the magnesian class. Manganese is regarded, therefore, as a sort of transition element, by which one group runs into or is blended with the other,—a good exampie of the artificiality or unreality of scientific classification in general. For the great plan of nature is, in the main, so uniform, that the gaps which apparently dissociate the different parts are being constantly filled up as new discoveries are made. Now, manganese has an atomic heat of 4.0059, and an atomic volume of 3.466. ‘The first connects it, therefore, with both groups, and the last with the magnesian series. The mean atomic volume of most of the bodies in the second class, is a multiple by three of that of the first; the others bear an equally simple relation. The correspondence of their elements in heat and volume, is of itself sufficient to bring these two classes into one category. Moreover, their more perfectly isomorphous protoxides evince a similar relationship in heat and volume, as shown in the second table. It may be interesting to observe in this con- nection that ice (HO) and protoxide of zinc, (ZnO) which differ not much in atomic heat, have been seen to assume the same regular, six-sided form. Their complete isomorphism, however, has not yet been established by exact measurement. At. Heat. At. Volume. HO : ; : : 6.480 3 j : 9.8 ZnO ; : ‘ : 5.98176 . : : 7.178 As oxygen, through the resemblance of certain oxides and sulphurets, appears to 30 116 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF rank with sulphur, so the resemblance in their chemical relations between HO and CuO is supposed to connect hydrogen with the group in question. It is curious to observe that the atomic heat and volume of HO tend to confirm the notion of its connection with the magnesian class. Lime (CaO) probably occupies an intermediate position between this and the barium series, blending them gradually together. This is very well shown in the table of isomorphous salts, in the two groups of carbonates, where carbonate of lime as calc- spar, assimilates, on the one hand, with the corresponding carbonates of magnesia, iron, the mineral dolomite, &c., and on the other, as arragonite, identifies itself with the carbonates of strontia, baryta and lead. The protoxides of barium, strontium, calcium and lead, are nearly related in heat and volume. But the similarity of the barium class to the magnesian is shown through their chlorides, where the corres- pondence in atomic heat and volume is quite remarkable. Atomic Atomic Salts. Heat. Volume. BaCl 9.31528 7.913 SrCl 9.52006 28.357 CaCl 9.17878 26.244 MgCl 9.36026 tte MnCl 8.98065 ZnCl 9.20577 SnCl 9.59198 tee PbCl 9.24497 25.217 He(l 9.42415 25.714 In the next two groups the numbers for atomic heat are the same throughout; as, with one exception, are those for atomic volume. This is an exception in appearance only, and not in reality, for its volume-number is just about double that of the others, preserving, therefore, a simple multiple relation. This view finds confirmation in the isomorphism of the oxides of tin and titanium, which compounds, as the table shows, are sufficiently identified in heat and volume. Indeed the coincidence is still more positive than at first sight appears. It will be seen that the specific heat obtained by Avogadro for SnO, differs so much from the other three observations, that it may very properly be omitted in calculating the mean specific heat of this body. This procedure will give 6.9075 for the atomic heat of the oxide of tin. So the number furnished by Hermann for the specific heat of TiO, may, with equal propriety, be rejected in ascertaining the mean specific heat of titanic acid. We thus obtain 6.9417 for the atomic heat of this latter substance. These two numbers may be considered as identical. I may here remark that a similar analysis of the whole table would lead to results still more striking than those indicated. I have preferred, however, to give all the recorded specific heats, with the mean for each elementary and com- pound substance, from which to calculate the atomic heat, because in this manner is avoided the confusion of so many analogous numbers for any body, and still more because I regard the results obtained in the table as approximations merely to a great general truth or law in nature, which yet remains to be demonstrated by a logical ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 117 synthesis of scientific facts. In these investigations it must, for the present, be kept constantly in view, that the numbers obtained by experiment for the specific heat of different bodies, do not accurately express the amount of caloric combined with the ponderable matter of those bodies. The specific heat is only a portion of the whole quantity of combined heat; and, as Regnault has shown in his second memoir,* the obstacles to be overcome in obtaining the specific heat of any substance, with perfect accuracy, are exceedingly great, if not, indeed, insurmountable with our present appliances. From the isomorphism of their double chlorides, Dr. Clark is inclined to associate the. tin and platinum classes. The relation of these two series in heat and volume lends considerable support to their presumed affinity. According to Breithaupt, CdS is isomorphous with the alloy IrOs. The atomic volume of either iridium or osmium is to that of CdS as 1:14. Palladium, although not generally arranged in this series, appears here to find its natural place. Tungsten and molybdenum correspond in heat and volume. The tungstates and molybdates are isomorphous, as their agreement in atomic volume sufficiently indicates. I have not been able to find upon record the atomic heat of these salts. Their sup- posed isomorphism is confirmed by the following comparison :— At. Heat. At. Volume. WO, ; : : E 9.496. . 5 : 22.580 MoO, ? , ; : 9.533 ; Z : 20.809 The bisulphurets of tin and molybdenum, which present some resemblance in their _ physical constitution, have atomic heats but little different. The bisulphuret of iron differs very much from these in its characteristics, and we find that its atomic heat is also very different. (Regnault.) In the metallic state gold and silver are isomorphous. Their relationship in heat and volume is very obvious. I have followed Gmelin in adopting 199 as the atomic weight of gold. If we assign it 99.6, as do some of the chemists, and halve the atomic weight of silver, for the cogent reasons advanced by Regnault, the above relation still holds good. Or, if we reject the suggestion of Regnault, it will be found that in heat and volume silver is the exact multiple by two of gold; so that in either case, the simplicity of relation (which in the present state of our knowledge of these subjects is all that we can contend for) is still preserved. Sodium allies itself with silver, as shown by the resemblance in atomic volume of their carbonates, sulphates, nitrates and chlorides. In all this series, as far as the specific heats have been obtained, the same correspondence in heat and volume is evident. The atomic volume of sodium, as given in the table, is about one-half that of potas- sium. These volumes would be equalized by doubling the atomic weight of sodium ; and it is interesting here to observe that this alteration has been proposed by Dr. Clarke from theoretical considerations of a different character. The simplicity of relation is therefore evident. * Annales de Chim. et de Phys., 3me ser., t. 1, p. 200. 118 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF It is well known that the potassa and ammonia salts exhibit very complete iso- morphism. This, indeed, might be inferred from the comparison of the nitrates of these bases, as shown in the table. Hence it is probable that potassium and ammo- nium, as has been suspected, are themselves isomorphous, notwithstanding that one atom of nitrogen and four atoms of hydrogen replace one of potassium in combination. I have not the data to compare them, either by heat or volume. Phosphorus, arsenic, antimony and bismuth, constitute a natural group to which nitrogen is thought to belong. For the first three the atomic heat is about the same; the number for bismuth is about one-half that of the others. The relation between the atomic volumes is not so evident. If we follow the example of many of the Kuropean chemists, and halve the atomic weights of phosphorus, arsenic and antimony, a tendency to multiple relations between the atomic volumes will become more evident. This tendency is developed in their isomorphous compounds. Compounds. ‘Heats Volume. As; Os 12.68371 26.810 Sb, O; 13.78377 26.984 Bi, O2 14.30929 27.976 As, S, 13.94600 35.606 Sb. Ss 14.87331 37.268 Bi, Ss 15.62921 37.257 As, Cl, 31.96886 a P, Cl, 28.83052 95.034 3PbO, PO, 32.463 3PbO, AsO; 32.804 Iodine and bromine are isomorphous throughout their whole combinations. Chlorine in certain respects is naturally associated with them. Their relation in heat and volume is seen below. Atomic Atomic Compounds. Heat. Volume. KBr 13}-33172 48.612 KI 13.530 50.322 KCl 12.902 38.955 NaBr. 14.061 Nal 12.950 be NaCl 12.541 28.199 AgBr 13.782 29.355 Agl 14.420 41.699 AgCl. 13.073 26.086 PbBr 9.711 27.481 PbI 9.812 38.166 PbCl 9.244 25.217 ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 119 The isomorphous and calorific correspondences between the different bodies com- posing each of the several groups of compounds, are sufficiently obvious to require no comment. In most of the standard chemical works, the elements have been classified isomor- phously, not so much from any proof that they individually present, as from the iso- morphism of their compounds. The law promulgated by Mitscherlich naturally leads to such supposition and consequent classification. It must not be forgotten, however, that comparatively few of the elementary bodies are crystallizable, and that, therefore, we are in great measure deprived of the positive and demonstrative proof of the isomorphism of all the elements. Nevertheless, two-thirds of the crystallizable elements belong to the regular system, and are hence isomorphous the one with the other. Of these, however, some crystallize in other forms, under which they are isomorphous with elements belonging to other groups, as the Rhombohedral and Right Prismatic. Hence, from their arrangement into various isomorphous classes, and the resemblance between and apparent correlation of these classes, we fairly, though indirectly, infer, as highly probable, that the chemical elements, under certain favor- able conditions, are capable of assuming the same form. Now, the approximation of many of these elements, in atomic heat and volume, certainly seems to confirm the reality of this isomorphism. It will thus be seen that the capacity for heat of ele- ; mentary atoms is related through isomorphism only. Moreover, it will be observed among compound atoms, that although similarity in chemical constitution is, in general, accompanied by sameness in capacity for heat, yet examples: exist of differ- ently constituted bodies also presenting this similarity. This is an important fact and one worthy of close consideration, since it probably explains why one atom in a compound body will replace two or more atoms in another with which it is isomor- phous. Thus Cu,S and AgS are isomorphous. Here two atoms of copper replace one of silver, and yet retain the same form. Now the atomic heat of copper is about half that of silver. The atomic heats of the two sulphurets are as follows :— At. Heat. - At. Volume. Cu,S : ‘ : 9.647 : ; 3 13.528 AgS : 5 4 : 9.258 ; ; “ 18.116 Even if we adopt Regnault’s suggestion, before alluded to, and write both substances according to the formula R,S, the numbers for atomic heat will still be nearly the same. Bisulphuret of iron Fe,S, is dimorphous. In the mineral Spirkise it is isomorphous with arsenide of iron Fe,AsS,. In the pentagonal dodecahedron of the regular system it is isomorphous with cobalt glance, CO,AsS,. Again, Cd,S, and Ni,S, are each isomorphous with Ni,As. Thus it would appear that one equivalent of arsenic is isomorphous with two of sulphur. Now the table shows us that the atomic heat of 31 120 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF arsenic is about twice that of sulphur. The atomic heat of Fe.8, is 15.60384, of Fe,As8,, 16.35392. The cyanides replace the chlorides, three atoms occupying the space and performing the function of one. The atomic heat of cyanogen is 14.4222, that of chlorine, 14.4627. We come now to inquire why the atomic heat and volume in many of the isomor- phous groups are not absolutely identical. Many bodies called isomorphous are not strictly so. Their corresponding angles sometimes vary several degrees. A variation of 59’ has been observed by Mitscherlich in the analogous angles of different specimens of the same salt. In the sulphates of barytes and strontia the angles of the rhombs differ by 2° 48'; in the carbonates of lime and magnesia by 2° 36'; and in the sulphates of zinc and magnesia by 38’. Inequalities also exist between the axes of such plesimorphic bodies. Now the interdependence of crystalline condition and atomic volume has been well and beautifully shown by Kopp, as the result of an attentive study of the various classes of plesimorphic and strictly isomor- phic compounds. That careful physicist found that variations in the individual angles of a crystal were accompanied by corresponding variations in its atomic volume. But the angular value of a crystal depends upon the proportions between its axes, and these cannot suffer alteration without changing the density, and, consequently, its specific gravity—alterations necessarily preceding variation in atomic volume. Elongation of the principal axis increases the atomic volume; thus, step by step, we are led to the conviction that crystalline form is inseparably connected with, and dependent upon, peculiar axial proportions. Whatever modifies these proportions in a definite manner, must be considered as the ultimate cause of the plesimorphic differences referred to above. In this connection, the observations of Mitscherlich, Fresnel and others, upon the application of heat to crystals, may be studied with much advantage, as they are well calculated to lead to results as positive as they are impor- tant. According to these gentlemen, when crystals not belonging to the regular system are heated, their axes expand unequally and change the magnitude of their angles. Crystals of the right prismatic system have their three axes expanded differ- ently. In arragonite, on raising the temperature from 32° to 212°, the inclination of the lateral faces increases by 2' 46”, and that of the terminal faces diminishes by 5' 29"; gypsum is more expanded by heat in the direction of the principal axis than in that of the lateral axes. In bitter spar, the obtuse angle of the primitive rhombo- hedron diminishes when the temperature is raised from 32° to 212° by 4' 6”; in ferruginous bitter spar, by 3’ 29”; in iron spar, containing a considerable quantity of manganese, by 3’ 31”; and in pure iron spar, by 2’ 22”. In crystals of the rhombo- hedral system, the expansion is the same in the directions of the three secondary axes, but different in that of the principal axis.* But the positive and methodical influence of heat in changing the density, axes and angles, and, therefore, the form *Gmelin. Hand-Book of Chemistry, Cavendish Society edition, vol. i. p. 233. ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 121 of a crystal, is beautifully and conclusively shown in the following example: Calca- reous spar, heated to 180° F., has its specific gravity decreased in the proportion of 1: mm; its principal axis expanded by 0.001961; and each horizontal axis contracted by 0.00056 ; in consequence of which the obtuse angles of the primitive rhombohedron diminish, and the acute angles increase by 8’ 34". Now, according to Kopp, when its principal axis = 0.85440, and its obtuse angle = 105°.5’, the specific gravity of calc spar is 2.7220. When heated, its specific gravity becomes 2.71675, and its atomic volume passes from 232.36 to 232.80; or, in other words, a modification of form ensues. ; The phenomenon of dimorphism presents us with many examples strongly confirma- tory of the significant connection, here indicated, between form and capacity for heat. Still more do they conduct us to some positive notions concerning the active agency of caloric in producing crystalline form. “Crystals formed at one particular tempe- rature,” says Gmelin, “and then exposed to that temperature at which crystals of a different kind are produced, often lose their transparency, and, without alteration of external form, become changed into an aggregate of small crystals of the latter kind. We may therefore imagine that the atoms of the solid crystal displace one another in such a manner as to bring about the particular arrangement which they are disposed to assume at the altered temperature, the new arrangement belonging to a different crystalline system.”* Carbon, as found in the diamond, which belongs to the regular system, has a different atomic heat from carbon as found in rhombohedral graphite. Tn fact, all the varieties of carbon differ in the same respect, as shown in the following table: Varieties of Specific Atomic | Atomic Carbon. Heat. Heat. Volume. Diamond. 0.1192 D,M. j : 0.1469 Reg. 0.8814 1.690 Graphite: Natural, 0.2019 Reg. 1.2114 Artificial, 0.1970 Rg. 1.1820 2.857 Coke: 3 varieties, 0.2086 Reg. 1.2216 0.2017 Rg. 1.2102 0.2031 Rg. 1.2186 3.333 Charcoal: Strongly ignited, 0.2415 Reg. oe “ 0.2009 D,M. 1.3272 Moderately heated, 0.2964 D,M. 1.7784 From Sugar, 0.1592 Rg. 0.8552 © “¢ Ol. Terebinth,| 0.1801 Rg. 1.0806 Lamp Black, 0.2570 Av. 1.5420 Animal, 0.2608 Rg. 1.5648 Carbon thus furnishes us with an excellent example of the connection between the calorific capacity of a body and its degree of aggregation. *Gmelin. Op. cit., vol. i. p. 98. 122 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF If sulphur be melted and allowed to solidify at 230° F., it assumes the form of an oblique rhombic prism; if it be made to crystallize from its solution in bisulphuret of carbon or oil of turpentine, at a temperature under 100°, it appears in the shape of octohedrons with rhombic bases. According to Graham, the crystals of sulphur produced at the higher of two temperatures, become opaque when kept for some days in the air, and pass spontaneously into the other form, in consequence of a new arrangement of atoms; at the same time their transparency is destroyed, because a mass of crystalline particles takes the place of one crystal, thus causing the light to be refracted in various directions. The crystals produced at the lower temperature are disintegrated and changed into the other form by a moderate heat. As in the case of carbon, the varieties of sulphur differ in atomic heat.* If chloride of calcium and carbonate of ammonia be mixed together, and the solution brought to a temperature of 50° F., the precipitating carbonate of lime will take the form of rhombohedric crystals, as in calc-spar; if the solution be kept at 150°, the crystals appear as cubes, as in arragonite. If these cubic crystals are allowed to remain in the liquid, while the latter is gradually cooling, they are slowly but com- pletely converted into calc spar.t According to Fownes, green sulphate of iron crystallizes in two different forms, and with two different proportions of water, according to the temperature at which the salt separates from the solution.{ A prism of arragonite, exposed to the flame of a spirit-lamp, decrepitates at a low red heat, and breaks up into numerous minute rhombic grains of calc spar. Melted chalk, on cooling into marble, exhibits a rhombohedral structure. From these facts it appears, that while a low temperature gives to CaO, CO, the form of calc-spar, a higher temperature is necessary to produce arragonite,—which latter is indeed formed only between very narrow thermometric limits. Below are the atomic heats of different varieties of carbonate of lime. CaO, CO2 Atomic Heat. Cale-spar, : : : 4 5 i ; : 10.0747 Artificial, : : i : : ; . 5 10.2515 Arragonite, . : { Fy : : 5 10.3575 Iceland spar, . 5 ‘ : : ‘ 5 : 10.5343 Cltalky 200200 or a alee sieeea al OS ea Statuary marble, ; : . é . : ; 10.8979 Carbonate of strontia precipitates in an indeterminate form, when chloride of stron- tium is decomposed by carbonate of ammonia in the cold. When heated, it takes the form of arragonite. But the chlorides of barium and lead, when mixed with carbo- nate of ammonia in the cold, respectively precipitate PbO, CO, and BaQ, CO, in the *Regnault. Op. cit., pp. 206, -207. + Rose. Philosoph. Mag., 3d ser., vol. xii. p. 465. { Elements of Chemistry, p. 176. : ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 123 form of arragonite. Now the latter carbonates have a somewhat higher atomic heat than SrO, CO,. If hot, concentrated caustic potash be saturated with protoxide of lead, the latter separates in the shape of rhombic octohedrons having a yellow color; as the . solution cools, however, red, crystalline scales are deposited on the first. If the red crystals be heated, they take the first form and also the yellow color.* Anatase and rutile, two forms of oxide of titanium, though both belonging to the square prismatic system, have incompatible angles, which assign to each a different primitive form. They differ in atomic heat and volume. Bisulphuret of iron, as common iron-pyrites, belongs to the regular system; as white iron-pyrites, to the right prismatic system,—the latter being of a paler yellow color and much softer. Breithaupt thinks that the former has been formed at a higher temperature than the latter. The atomic heat of the common variety is 7.5480; of the white variety, 7.8854. Sulphate of nickel (NiO, SO;7Aq.) is trimorphous. It crystallizes below 59° F. in right rhombic prisms; between 59° and 68° F. in acute octohedrons with square bases ; and above 86°F. in oblique rhombic prisms; also in forms belonging to the right, square and oblique prismatic systems. The right rhombic prisms, after exposure to sunlight for a few days, are found to be composed of square-based octohedrons, often several lines in length. The sulphates of zinc and magnesia exhibit similar pheno- mena. They assume different forms, according as they are made to crystallize at a high or a low temperature,—manifesting, as Mitscherlich has shown, very peculiar and interesting changes with variation of temperature.+ According to Frankenheim, sal ammoniac, which generally crystallizes in regular octohedrons, appears at higher temperatures to assume forms belonging to the right prismatic system.] When the rhombohedrons of KO, NO; are heated considerably above 100° C., they change into prismatic crystals. A hot solution of KO, NO, deposits prismatic crystals when slightly cooled; at a temperature of 14° F., however, rhombic crystals begin to appear. (Frankenheim.) Protiodide (red iodide) of mercury sublimes at a low heat, and also separates from solution in square, prismatic tables of a scarlet hue; at a higher temperature, rhombic tables of a sulphur-yellow color are formed. As often as they are heated, the red crystals turn yellow, and again become red as they cool. (Gmelin.) Examples of this kind attest the strong, controlling influence of temperature upon isomorphism. We see that whether a body shall be isomorphous with a second or 9 third, is mainly determined by temperature. “Les isomorphismes chimiques d’un * Mitscherlich. Jour. Pr. Chem. 19, 451. 7 Gmelin, tJour. Pr. Chem. 16, 3. 38 124 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF méme corps peuvent done changer completement avec la température.”* Changes in the form of a body correspond to variations in its combined heat. Many crystallizable bodies assume a peculiar state of aggregation known as the vitreous condition, which may be considered as a variety or modification of dimorphism. The binarseniate and biphosphate of soda resemble each other strongly in physical and chemical properties. When exposed to the same heat, the first solidifies, on cooling, into a white opaque mass composed of interlaced crystalline fibres, while tie second is converted into a transparent, colorless glass. While undergoing these changes, the arseniate discharges sensibly more heat than the phosphate; hence, probably, the glassy condition of the latter salt is due to the retention around its particles of a portion of the heat of fluidity.+ Ordinarily sugar has a granular or crystalline structure. When melted and allowed to cool slowly, it assumes a glassy condition and manifests very different physical properties. If, while still soft and viscid, (as at the temperature of 100°,) it be rapidly drawn out into threads, a large quantity of heat is liberated, and the sugar separates into minute granules of a pearly lustre. That the vitreous condition isin some manner connected with the amount of heat accumulated around the ultimate particles, is shown by the fact that glass kept soft for a long time, gradually loses its heat and is converted into a substance known as Reaumur’s porcelain, in which it assumes different characters. The crystalline and amorphous states of the same body differ to a certain extent in their properties; the former being in general harder, specifically heavier and less soluble than the latter, in which the atoms are placed farther apart than in the first. Graham also affirms that the amorphous condition is accompanied by a larger quantity of combined heat than the crystalline. Arsenious acid sublimes as a transparent glass with a light, yellow tint. By exposure, the vitreous mass gradually changes into a congeries of small octohedral erystals, and becomes opake, milk-white, and slightly altered in solubility and density. According to H. Rose, if the vitreous mass be dissolved in hydrochloric acid, each crystal as it separates emits a flash of light. Regnault, in his second memoir, says, “‘Vacide vitreux (arsenious) devient promptement opaque a la température de 100°.” The vitreous acid has an atomic heat of 15.0796; the opaque, 15.2064. Now, Guibourt has shown that the specific gravity of the vitreous acid diminishes during the change to the opaque form, from 3.785 to 3.695; and that the latter dissolves rather more abundantly both in hot and cold water than the transparent. This is an exception to the ordinary cases, for the change from the amorphous to the crystalline form is accompanied generally with increased density and diminished solubility. It is interesting here to observe that the difference in atomic heat, though very small, is * Regnault. + Graham’s Elements, p. 151. ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 125 in favor of the opaque variety—another departure from the usual rule, the opaque form, having commonly less than the transparent or vitreous. The limits to which I have assigned this paper, prevent me from here introducing in detail many facts similar to the above. I would, however, especially refer the reader to the first volume of Gmelin’s Chemical Hand-Book, where, in the article on Amorphism, have been collected from the writings of Rose, Fuchs, Regnault, Frank- enheim, Marchand, Scherer and others, many valuable and instructive examples of the modifying influence of caloric upon the state of aggregation, form and properties of bodies. These constitute but a few of the many examples which a progressive science is daily placing upon record, to be used hereafter for the loftiest purposes of philosophical generalization. They are worthy of, and will amply repay, the closest investigation, since they conduct us to the very threshold of Nature’s secret laboratory, promising to lay bare that for which the human mind, through all ages, has so fondly and unceasingly longed—a knowledge of the primary physical cause of all natural phenomena. Nature annually performs for us, on a grand scale, an experiment at once simple, beautiful and instructive. I allude to the formation of snow crystals. In this process the crystallizing material is the same throughout all the varieties of form, but the accompanying temperature varies. In his excellent work on the Arctic Regions, Scoresby has classified the many forms of snow-flakes observed by him in his voyages to the North, and given a table showing the different temperatures at which different crystals were seen to fall. He refers the varieties of snow crystals, for their cause, to variations in atmospheric temperature. My own observations made during the past winter, lead to the same conclusion. When, after variable weather in the winter season, the cold has set in steadily for several days, gradually condensing the aqueous vapor and obscuring the heavens, the wind constantly blowing from the same point, and the upper atmospheric currents, as shown by the course of the clouds, having the same direction as the lower, I have very generally found that while the thermometer indicates nearly the same reading, the crystals of snow that fall under such circum- stances have the same or but slightly differing forms. Any marked change in the height of the mercurial column is very commonly followed by some manifest change in the snow-figures. It is true that very different and unrelated forms are often observed to fall simultaneously ; but reasons well known to the climatologist, render it very probable that they have been generated in atmospheric currents or strata differing in temperature. Indeed I suspect that a snow-crystal, by passing through variously heated currents of air, may have its form considerably altered as it descends towards the earth. By holding the partly-closed hand over a crystal, so as to increase the warmth of the surrounding air, I have, on several occasions, noticed very remark- able modifications of form. Mr. James Glaisher also speaks of this phenomenon, in 126 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF a communication directed to the Editor of the Illustrated London News, (Feb. 24th, 1855.) He says, “In conclusion, I may be forgiven if I remark, for the benefit of the inexperienced, that the crystal subjected to the warm influence of the proximity of the observer, not unfrequently alters in form before it sensibly begins to melt. I have myself more than once drawn a specimen on its first descent, verified it to my satisfaction, and passed on to others; after the lapse of perhaps a quarter of an hour or more, I have been surprised by witnessing, as I imagined, a new specimen occu- pying the precise spot of the former. In each case, however, careful observation proved to me that it was no other than the crystal I had already drawn, and that the dissimilarity arose from a general simplification of the figure caused by the subsidence of the groups of prisms surmounting the apex of the rays, the rounding of the edges of those prisms which remained, the subsiding of two or more prisms into one, and the elongation of spiculze which formerly served as the axes of prisms.” Very peculiar changes may be witnessed by studying the gradual wasting of a snow ~ crystal in consequence of an increasing warmth of the air. Thus I have seen a hexagonal lamella similar to fig. 87 of Scoresby’s plates, change into one like fig. 28, then resemble a star, (fig. 13,) and ultimately leave only its three axes as the skeleton or fundamental portion upon which the body of the crystal was erected. ‘These axes finally disappeared, the destruction beginning at their apices and ending at their common centre or j unction, thus following an order the reverse of their formation. An exact statement of the amount of heat combined with each variety of snow-crystal would constitute a valuable addition to our present stock of knowledge. Thus, then, we learn that the particular system or genus in which a body crystal- lizes, is mainly determined by the temperature at which solidification takes place. Dimorphism is intimately associated with isomerism. Both phenomena furnish us with instances of the positive and active relation which atomic heat bears to both the form and properties of bodies. Some isomeric substances, though agreeing in ultimate ponderable compositions, differ completely in atemic weight, and every other respect ; in others, both the atomic weight and elementary compositions are the same ; in others the atomic weights are the same and their molecular arrangement different; but, in all, as far as I can ascertain, their atomic heats are different. Phosphoric and pyro- phosphoric acids are alike in composition but dissimilar in properties: the second acid is simply the first in a state of fusion. Racemic and tartaric acids are very similar in properties and chemical relations, and, according to Mitscherlich, isomorphous. When heated, they each form three classes of salts, but are so modified that each, upon unit- ing with the same base, in the same proportion, produces a different compound. When destructively distilled, both give rise to the same pyr-acid. It is well known, that every organic acid has its corresponding pyr or fire acid. “When the group of chemical molecules are differently arranged,” says Kane, “the ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. |. 127 various differences in color, density, solubility and figure which belong to dimorphous bodies are produced; but when the difference of arrangement extends to the chemical constituents of these molecular groups, independent but isomeric bodies are produced.”* It would thus appear that isomorphism, dimorphism, polymorphism and isomerism are immediately dependent upon a peculiar arrangement of atoms, and of molecules composed of two or more atoms. From the inherent tendency to such arrangement, probably results the binary method of combination in both the organic and inorganic worlds. Now, from all the foregoing facts, we have seen that when bodies agree in fourm and properties, they also approximate in atomic heat. When bodies assume two or more forms, their chemical properties differ, as do also their atomic heat. Bodies having the same composition, but differing in structure (as in all probability isomeric bodies do), and consequently in properties, differ aiso in atomic heat. Throughout this series, a remarkable parallelism is evident, between atomic heat on the one hand, and arrangement of atoms, and forms and properties of bodies on the other.- It is very generally true, that bodies having the same form, have also the same properties; and that difference of form is accompanied by corresponding differ- ence in properties. Very probable is it, therefore, that not only form, but also color, specific gravity, solubility, hardness, &c., are all dependent upon certain arrangement of atoms. But the arrangement of particles, necessarily pre-supposes an arranging or motor agent, which constitutes the ultimate physical cause of crystallization. As the attractive force, so grandly displayed in the solar system, must ever be present and in action among the planetary bodies of that system, that they may be retained in their accustomed orbits; so the atoms of a crystal require the continued presence and equal action of the arranging power, to maintain them in that relative position necessary to the preservation of the general form. Hence we infer, that the arranging cause must be a motor power, and always present. Furthermore, if it can be shown that such an agent exists in a crystal, a strictly logical method should prevent us from seeking else- where for the cause of peculiar atomic arrangement, and all the physical phenomena manifestly dependent upon it. Now we have seen that caloric is always associated with the ponderable matter of a crystal, and that it is positively related to crystalline form, and hence, to arrangement of atoms upon which form depends. It only remains to adduce some proof of its efficient activity. The experiments of Fresnel,t Baden Powell,{ Addams§ and others show conclusively that heat is self-repellant. Moreover, a careful analysis of the en- tire series of phenomena, which, in the aggregate, constitute the natural history of caloric, tends strongly to establish the fact that heat is a most powerful motor agent. Indeed, the ancients, with very few exceptions, contended (vaguely, however, and un- . { Philosoph. Mag. 18, 415. § Gmelin’s Chemistry, vol. i. p. 212. 29 YD) “ Elements of Chemistry, p. 231. 7 Annales de Chem. et de Phys, 29, 57, 107, 1 128 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF supported by experimental proof,) that caloric was the prime mover and cause of all natural phenomena. A forcible writer of our own time and place, maintains this doc- trine with an imposing and comprehensive array of argument.” The following brief resume of facts, connects itself with the question under con- sideration :— Cohesion varies inversely with the temperature, generally increasing as the latter diminishes, and vice versa. Heat expands bodies, rendering those that were hard, soft and even liquid and gaseous. This change in bulk and condition, corresponds to an increased separation of atoms. A sufficient reduction of temperature solidifies all bodies. Liquids and gases may be regarded as solid matter, plus a certain amount of caloric, the amount varying with the species of matter. Otherwise, the particular temperatures at which bodies undergo these changes would not be so very different, nor would they always be constant for the same body. Heat is certainly the cause of fluidity, gasefaction and evaporation. The most permanent gases—those which manifest the greatest resistance to being deprived of the gaseous form, by external pressure and cooling—are those in which the most intimate union exists between the ponderable matter and heat. Gases contain more heat than liquids, are more elastic, therefore, and manifest a tendency to expand without limit, if not opposed by ex- ternal obstacles; liquids contain more heat and are more mobile than solids, which contain least of all the forms of aggregation. Gases by their refinement, superior activity and expansive power, pass through openings impervious to liquids; so liquids escape through openings impassable to solids. Ponderable matter is made to occupy a larger or smaller space, according as it is combined with more or less of the repellant material—caloric. Dr. Black, whose researches may be considered as constituting the foundation of the science of thermotics, showed, quite clearly, that the structure and properties of solids varied according as their combined heat was increased or diminished. Accord- ing to this observer, the malleability and ductility of metals depend upon the quantity of latent heat they contain. When hammered, they become red hot in consequence of the disengagement of heat; at the same time, while their density, and consequent- ly specific gravity increase, their malleability diminishes and they become brittle. Malleability is restored by heating. In the first volume of his valuable Hand Book of Chemistry, Gmelin has given numerous and very striking instances, showing that heat imparts to many ponderable bodies particular colors, which vary according to the quantity of heat contained in the bodies. Those metals which increase most in specific heat, when exposed to an elevated temperature, are found to have their rate of expansion also most rapidly increased. According to Dulong and Petit, when the *Dr. S. L. Metcalfe, Caloric, its Agencies in the Phenomena of Nature. ie oh) > Po eee , oe ae ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 129 increased capacity for heat is about one-tenth, the increase in expasion amounts to one-hundredth. But we cannot conceive of this expansion taking place without the atoms being moved farther apart, thus increasing the volume. Coincidently with this change, and as a proof of its reality, we find the specific gravity of the metal diminish- ed. Hence it is, that the capacity for heat of any body increases with the temperature ; - for the arrangement of the atoms at greater distances from each other must necessarily afford more space for the accumulation of caloric around the particles. Thus the specific heat of copper is reduced, by violent hammering, from 0-095 to 0-935; but raised again by ignition, to 0.0949. Lead and tin, on the contrary, which do not in- crease in specific gravity under the die, likewise suffer no diminution of specific heat by pressure. The specific heat of soft bell-metal, (Cus) Sn) which has a density of 86843 is 0:0862, while the same metal hardened, in which state its density is 8:5797, has a specific heat of 00858. (Regnault.) The more dense a body is, the ereater is its specific gravity and the less its specific heat. A beautiful example is given by Regnault in the case of precipitated silver. The specific heat of this sub- stance varies with the degree of condensation, as shown by the following results de- termined by the method of cooling :— 20° to 15° 15° to 10° 10° to 5° Very little pressed, 5 : : 0:08535 0:08441 0-08519 More strongly ‘“ F : ; 0-05844 0-05772 - 0-05781 Still more t s : : 0:05749 0 05718 0-05749 Strongly hammered and rubbed, _.. 0-05634 0-05671 0-05654 More strongly <“ Mt : 0:05616 0-:05624 0:05650 Peroxide of iron and peroxide of nickel when strongly ignited, increase in density and diminish in specific heat. The varieties of carbon present the same result. The interesting experiments of Messrs. Hopkins, Fairbairn and Joule, upon the effects of extreme pressure, demonstrate that the temperature of fusion increases in proportion to the pressure to which the fused mass is subjected. In employing a pressure of about 13,000 lbs. to the square inch, on bleached wax, they found that increase in the temperature of fusion was not less than 30° F., about one-fifth of the whole temperature at which it melts, under the pressure of the atmosphere.* Such facts, I may say in passing, militate strongly against the generally received, though probably erroneous theory of the exalted calorific condition of the centre of our planet. But the active agency of caloric in affecting specific gravity, is seen by comparing compound bodies with the elements of which they are composed. Thus hydrogen and chlorine unite, without condensation, to form hydrochloric acid gas. The specific gravity of one volume of hydrogen is 69:26; of one volume of chlorine, 2421-6; and of one volume of hydrochloric acid gas, 1247-4 ; the mean of the two former numbers. The specific gravity of hydrogen is about 36 times less than that of chlorine; its * President Hopkins’ Address befure the 23d Annual meeting of the British Association. 130 M#IGS ON THE RELATION OF elastic force, on the contrary, is exceedingly great; while cold alone, or a pressure of but four atmospheres is sufficient to condense chlorine. The expansive power of hydrochloric acid gas, is equal to the pressure of 40 atmospheres, at the temperature of 50°. Now the atomic heat of H is 21:2064; of Cl, 14-4627; and of HCl, 28-9263. Four volumes of HCl must contain as many atoms as two volumes of H, or of Cl; or, two volumes of HCl contain as many atoms as one volume of H or Cl. But one volume of H contains half an atom, hence one volume of HCl must contain one-fourth of an atom, which must therefore be surrounded by twice as large a heat-sphere as the half-atom of H. Such facts authorize us to conclude, that chlorine in combining with hydrogen has its specific gravity reduced, in consequence of abstracting from the latter gas an additional quantity of caloric, by which its particles are separated further from each other and made to occupy a larger bulk. This supposition will also account for the change in elasticity. The union of iodine, bromine, cyanogen, &c., with hydro- gen is accompanied by a similar reduction in specific gravity, and alteration in physi- cal and chemical properties. When hydrogen unites with sulphur, phosphorus, and arsenic-vapors, and with carbon, in different proportions to form, respectively, sul- phuretted, phosphuretted, arseniuretted, and light and heavy carburetted hydrogen gases; with oxygen to form aqueous vapor, and with nitrogen to produce ammonia, the resulting specific gravities of these respective compounds is very much less than the sum of those of their constituent elements, The volume and elastic force of these gases are also altered in a remarkable manner. According to Graham, the more nearly bodies agree in composition, they are the more likely to act as solvents of each other, or to be miscible in the liquid form.* But we have seen that in both compound and elementary bodies of the same atomic con- stitution and of like chemical constitution, the specific heats are in the inverse pro- portion to the atomic weights. In this connection, I may refer to those numerous and interesting examples of change in the solubility of bodies after being heated, although their composition remains the same. Alumina, binoxide of tin, sesquloxide of chromium, and other metallic peroxides, and certain salts, such as silicates, tung- states, phosphates, antimoniates, &c., after exposure to a temperature just below red- ness, lose their solubility in acids. In its cubic form, the bisulphuret of iron resists the action of both air and water; but in its right rhombic form, when exposed to moist air, it absorbs oxygen with great avidity, and is converted into a crystalline mass of copperas.; Spontaneous ignition often accompanies those changes in solubility, and generally just as the body is passing from the soluble to the insoluble state. “Je crois méme que ce changement de chaleur spécifique correspondant 4 un changement d’ agrégation, donne l’explication d’une phénomeéne bien connu des chimistes et des physiciens, je veux parler de l'incandescence qui se manifeste subitement dans certains * Hlements, p. 142. + Kane. UNE SS ae ee RD eel ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 131 oxides, quand on les soumet 4 une chaleur graduellement croissante. Il sa pro- duit alors un changement dans ladisposition moléculaire du corpse, un changement dagregation qui se manifeste dans les caractéres chimiques. Kn effet, la substance qui etait facilement soluble dans les acides, avant son incandescence, est devenue trés difficilement soluble, quelquefois méme insoluble aprés. L’incandescence s’explique facilement par une diminution subite dans la capacité calorifique du corps, qui dégage instantanément de la substance une quantite considérable de chaleur qui auparavant était latente; cette chaleur, au moment ou elle devient libre produit nécessairement une élévation thermométrique qui porte pendant quelques instants la substance 4 l’in- candescence, quand elle n’ était encore portée qu’ au rouge sombre par la chaleur ex- tenmeures, = In the Annales de Chimie et de Physique, (ler ser. t. 70, p. 407,) Gay-Lussac has published some observations upon certain bodies whose solubility he shows to be deter- mined by temperature alone. These observations lead, moreover, to the supposition that all spontaneous precipitations are due to differences in temperature. Many elementary bodies in uniting to form compounds, suffer a contraction in volume. Now, M. Filhol has shown, that in those compounds whose chemical properties are very analogous, the co-efficients of contraction are sensibly the same.+ Analogous properties seem to be associated with analogies in calorific condition. It would be superfluous to adduce other examples of the active character of caloric. From the laborious and carefully conducted experiments of many eminent physi- cists, we may infer that in the most, if not all bodies, the combined heat varies to a greater or less extent in different specimens. Examples of this we find in carbon, sulphur, &c. Accompanying this variation, and in all probability caused by it, we find a change in form, condition, physical and chemical properties and the like. Indeed it is difficult to conceive how any change, even the slightest, in the heat of a body, could be unaccompanied by some alteration in the ponderable matter. The extreme sensitiveness of heat or caloric is evinced in every chapter of its endless history. It is very rational to suppose, therefore, that the influence of caloric in moulding ponderable matter into definite forms, must in a certain measure vary with the degree of aggregation of the body, which state of aggregation is indeed in great measure contingent upon the amount of caloric itself. Increased aggregation is gene- rally an indication of diminished calorific capacity. In colcothar and the diamond we have beautiful examples of this fact. In condensing very strongly, a body often completely loses its most characteristic chemical properties. Heat acting upon two dissimilar pieces of metal soldered together, gives rise to electrical phenomena; acting upon water, produces motor effects. From such conspicuous examples we are forced * Regnault, Ann. de Chim. et de Phys. 3me Sér. i. 188--9. + Annales de Chim. et dle Phys., 3™° sér. t. xxi., p- 415. 34 132 MEIGS ON THE RELATION OF to conclude that any variation in the ponderable substratum or medium upon which a definite amount of caloric is made to act, or im the attending circumstances by which the body is surrounded, must necessarily produce a variation in calorific effects. Hence the want of absolute identity in the crystalline form of many bodies which are really isomorphous. Hence, too, the discrepancies occasionally met with between the atomic volume of a body and that of the other members of the group to which it belongs. For atomic volume is calculated from relative weight and specific gravity ; as the latter two vary, so must the former. Now the specific gravity of a body may vary according as it is adulterated or not with matters lighter or heavier than itself, and having naturally different quantities of heat; or the body itself may, in different states, possess different quantities of combined heat. This view will explain the fortuitous coincidences in form accompanying dissimilarity of properties and compo- sition; and, also, why certain elements manifest isomorphism in their analogous compounds, and yet cannot be shown to be isomorphous in their elementary state. For the mathematico-chemical investigations of Kopp lead us to suppose that the primitive atomic volume of an element suffers a considerable change in its different combinations,—the combining volume bearing in most instances a simple or multiple relation to the primitive. Hence a body may have two or more atomic volumes as well as crystalline forms, which, indeed, we should infer a priori. _ We know very well that a certain elevation of temperature may so affect the molecular structure of a body as to destroy its identity or individuality,—changing its form, color, properties, &. This molecular change is nearly always accompanied by a simple multiple change in the equivalent of a body, and of course in the atomic volume. It seems very probable, therefore, that the different forms which certain elementary bodies are known to assume, are intimately connected with diversity of equivalent volume. We may suppose that sulphur has a larger and more intricate volume when it takes the complex form of bisulphate of potassa, than in its ordinary simple form. So, likewise, we may suppose that when one equivalent of chlorine replaces one of cyanogen, or two of manganese in combination, it must have a varying volume, and consequently a varying form, in compound bodies. According to Graham, the tendency of discovery is to bring all the elements into one class, either as isomorphous, atom to atom, or with the relation to the others which sodium, chlorine and arsenic exhibit. In this connection, the sameness of atomic heat of the elements, the similarity of many of the atomic volumes, and the simple relationship of the others, as shown in the table, are significant facts. If we ignore the materiality of heat, and deny that it is as essential to the compo- sition of bodies as ponderable matter itself, the changes in form, properties, &., which these bodies undergo, are without explanation. If, on the contrary, we follow the evidence of our senses, and acknowledge the substantiality of caloric and the extent ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 133 and dignity of its influence upon the self-inert bases with which it is combined, we open a channel for the hopeful investigation of cause and effect. Changes in the properties of things must be preceded by compositional and structural changes, either of their ponderable or imponderable element, or of both, just as in the animate world organic derangement is the invariable antecedent to functional disturbance. If caloric be merely a property or quality of matter, it cannot possess that self-active and causative power which a careful analysis of its history warrants us in assigning to it. If it be a substantive entity, we can readily understand the remarkable constancy and mathematical precision of its effects; and we can understand, furthermore, how its presence or absence in certain quantities can produce those structural or molecular alterations which manifest themselves externally in variations of form, specific gravity, color, solubility, &. The estimation of the absolute amount of heat combined with bodies in their different states of aggregation, is one of the most difficult problems in physical science ;—and one of the most important, since upon its solution depends the explanation of many unexplained and apparently inexplicable phenomena. However, if we bring together the few reliable observations that have been made in this channel, (especially those concerning the relation between the calorific condition and refractive power of substances,) and the numerous collateral facts which are scattered throughout the literature of physics, we will have material sufficient to begin already the work of cautious and satisfactory generalization. The following conclusions, as being more or less probable, seem to flow naturally from the foregoing facts and arguments :— 1. That no invariable connection exists between the form and ponderable atomic constitution of a body. 2. That form is immediately dependent upon peculiar axial proportions, which are themselves the results of a certain molecular arrangement. 3. That the arrangement and disarrangement of atoms implies a motor agent; while the definite and constant relation between changes in aggregation and variations in form, implies the materiality of this agent and its continued presence, whether in the same or varying quantities. 4, That this agent has periods of action and periods of rest. 5. That caloric is a positive material entity—an essential element in all bodies, always present in different proportions. 6. That caloric is selfrepellant and endowed with great physical power. 7. That crystalline form is the visible representative of atomic volume. 8. That isomorphous bodies have sensibly the same atomic heat and the same atomic volume. 9. That in elementary and compound isomorphous groups, the numbers indicating atomic heat and volume are simply related. 134 RELATION OF ATOMIC HEAT TO CRYSTALLINE FORM. 10. That two or more atoms of one element may replace one of another, and retain the same figure; and vice versa; hence, equal numbers of atoms are not essential to isomorphism. 11. That similarity of constitution is- generally, though not always, accompanied by sameness of combined heat. 12. That at certain temperatures, the elements may all be made to assume the same form. 13. That variation in the atomic heat of a body is accompanied by variation in its form. 14. That atomic heat is the cause of isomorphism and polymorphism,—consequently of crystalline form in general. Is caloric, through its affinity for, and active influence upon ponderable matter, the primary physical cause of all crystallization ? et = [135] ART. XI.— Contributions towards a knowledge of the Marine InverTesrate Fauna, of the coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. By Josern Leipy, M. D. The present communication consists of notices and descriptions of invertebrate animals observed during a visit of two weeks, the last August, to Joseph P. Hazard, Esq., on Point Judith, at the entrance of Naragansette Bay, Rhode Island; and of other invertebrate animals collected by Samuel Ashmead, Hsq., or myself, in short visits to Absecom Beach, in the vicinity of Atlantic City, New Jersey, and to Beesley’s Point, at the mouth of Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey. PORIFERA. 1. GRANTIA crLiTIA, Flemming. Sponge elliptical, with a single terminal orifice surrounded with a crown of spiculs. Color yellowish white; length from two lines to three-fourths of an inch. Point Judith ; attached to corallines, mytili, &c. 2. GRANTIA BOTRYOIDES, Flemming. Sponge branching irregularly ; branches ovate or cylindroid, tubular, with a single terminal aperture. Structural spicule trident. Point Judith ; with the preceding species. POLYPI. 3. CLAVA MULTICORNIS, Johnston. (Pl. XI. figs. 33, 34.) Polypidom a very short, thin tube of attachment. Polype clavate, with the dilated portion roseate, the re- maining portions translucent whitish. Tentacule up to twenty. Ova attached in clusters by means of a pedicle below the tentacule. Length of polypes up to two lines. Point Judith ; in shaded pools between tides, attached to barnacles, the rocks, &c. Although I found numerous individuals of this polype, I saw none greater than the measurement above given; whereas, the european Clava multicornis is stated to exceed half an inch in length. If this is a constant difference, most probably others will be found on comparison sufficient to characterise the american Clava as a dis- tinct species. In all the specimens examined I observed a polypidom in the form of a small cup enclosing the basis of attachment, as seen in figures 33, 34. 4. HYDRACTINIA ECHINATA, Johnston. (PI. XI. fig. 35.) Polypidom crustaceous ; brown, furnished with simple and compound spines. Polypes long clavate, trans- lucent white ; with the head obtuse and furnished with an alternating circle of from six to eighteen cylindrical tentacule, Ovigerous polypes smaller than the others, sur- 39 136 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF rounded with a many-lobed head, and having attached to the sides numerous ovigerous capsules, of various sizes, containing from one to five ova. Length of polypes up to one-fourth of an inch. Abundant at Point Judith and at Beesley’s Point, investing © the shells occupied by the hermit crabs. EUCORYNE, Leidy. Polypidom, a rooted, branching, corneous tube with a soft axis. Polypes terminating the branches of the polypidom, non-retractile, clavate, furnished with a circle of long, cylindrical tentacule, and one or more circles of short tentaculz: with globular tips. 5. Eucoryne ELEGANS, Leidy. (Pl. X. figs. 1-5.) Polypidom alternately branch- ing, adhering by a coarse reticular root, and growing in profuse branches three or four inches in length; trunk and branches shining black, and annulated at their origin; branchlets yellow, and annulated at their origin and termination. Polypes up to three-fourths of a line long, clavate, translucent white, with the dilated portion encircled with two red bands. ‘Tentacule colorless, in two or three circles: first or basal circle twelve in number, filiform, as long or longer than the body; second and third circles of six in each, cylindrical and ending in globular extremities. Quite abundant at Point Judith, adhering to corallines, and other fuci, mytili, &c., below low tide, Gertner,* Van Beneden,t+ Hassal,{ and Johnston§ represent Coryne as haying the tentacule terminating in globular extremities and irregularly distributed, while Eudendrium is represented as possessing only a circle of filiform tentacule. Such being the case, the polype, above described, would characterise a genus intermediate to Coryne and Eudendrium. Gosse|| has, however, represented two polypes, which he calls Coryne cerberus and Coryne stauridiai, each having a circle of simply filiform tentacule, and a second of those with globular tips. As an examination of Hucoryne elegans shows the two kinds of tentaculz to have a different arrangement in structure, the two species just named either do not belong to the genus Coryne, or all the species of the latter possess filiform tentaculz, and others with globular tips, which I suspect actually to be the case, when the genus Hucoryne would cease to exist. Eucoryne elegans is an exceedingly beautiful object, on account of the profuseness of its developement, its graceful branching, and varied coloring. lI observed many bunches four inches in length, but the main branches do not measure more than three inches; the addition of length in the branches, being due to the successive origin of the latter from stems of corallines, or other elevated objects of attachment. The root of the polypidom is a coarse, tortuous, black fibre, reticulated upon the ob- ject of attachment. Sometimes an ascidia is imprisoned by the net-work, but more frequently it embraces the stems of corallines, or entangles masses of minute mytili. * Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica. + Rech. sur l’embryol. des Tubulaires. { Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol: vii. | § A History of the British Zoophytes. || A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast, pl. xiv. figs. 4-6; pl. xvi. figs. 1-5. TA Tee ea) ee a ae oe ae ae De } ieee, : THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. slats The principle trunks of the polypidom are nearly straight, and they give off alternat- ing branches, provided with from one to half a dozen branchlets. The trunks are black, and are annulated at their commencement, for a short distance after giving off the branches, and at their termination. The branches have the same color and character of annulation as the parent trunks. The branchlets are ochre-yellow, and annulated at their commencement and termination, or occasionally throughout ; and frequently they give off secondary branchlets. The polypes have the familiar form of the nine-pin, and are translucent white, with two purplish red bands encircling the body at the base of the first two circles of tentacule. The stomach of the animal is pink, and is visible through the trans- lucent parietes of the body, between the red bands. ‘The head of the polypes is conical, but in the expansion of the mouth is frequently observed to assume a cup shape. At the base of the polypes there is situated a radiating circle of twelve narrow, cylindrical tentacule, about one line in length, and capable of retraction, inflection, or complete reflection. The neck of the polypes is surrounded by two circles, each of six, comparatively short, cylindrical tentacule, with large globular tips. The long tentaculee of Hucoryne elegans are composed of an axis of large, nucleated cells, surrounded with a delicate muscular sheath, and enveloped in a thin, ciliated epithelium. Beneath these tentacule, extending their entire length, and enveloping the tips, there is a stratum of nettling cells. The short tentacule have the same structure as the others, except that the nettling cells are accumulated entirely at their extremities, and thus give to these their characteristic globular form. The nettling cells of Hucoryne vary in size, and present the same structure as the principal ones of the fresh water Hydra. When the cells are entire they appear as oval capsules containing at their fundus a hemispherical. mass of matter, which in some instances has appeared to me to consist of a coiled thread, as represented in figure 6, plate X. Above this mass or coil is a narrow oval capsule, within which is a style, the point of which slightly projects from the summit of the nettling cell. When the latter has emitted its thread, it appears partially collapsed, and from its summit projects an irregular cone with four barb-like processes at the sides, and the thread protruded from the apex, as represented in figures 5, 7. As in other compound polypes the soft structure of the animals is continued as an axis throughout the polypidom. This axis contains numerous nettling cells, as large and as well developed as those of the tentacule. What can be their office in this position ? Hucoryne elegans produces medusa-like buds, in numbers of one to four, situated just above the position of the first circle of tentacule. Very frequently a pair of these buds become fully developed at the same time, and then appear larger than the parent. 138 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF They are attached by a narrow pedicle, are oval in form, and white in color, with four longitudinal bands of purplish red. They have four short, conical tentaculz and measure about half a line in length by one-third of a line in breadth. In one instance, I found a small bunch of Hucoryne elegans, in which the polypes had only two circles of tentaculz: the long cylindrical ones and a circle of the short ones. Since writing the foregoing, Mr. Ashmead has given to me several dried specimens of Eucoryne elegans, from Great Egg Harbor. The bunches are not so profuse as those of Point Judith, but one of them has a branch six inches in length. 6. LAOMEDEA GELATINOSA, Lamouroux. Small polypidoms attached to Mytilus edulis, Laminaria saccharina, the rocks, &. Point Judith. 7. LAoMEDEA DicHoToMA, Lamouroux. (Pl. XI. fig. 36.) Polypidom very much branched; branches alternate, annulated at their commencement, the larger ones brown, the smaller ones light-yellow; branchlets annulated throughout, or at their commencement and termination, from one to three times the length of the polype cells ; the latter campanulate, with an even margin. Ovarian cells axillary, pedicled, two or three times the length of the polype cells, urn-shaped, with the pedicles an- nulated. Found abundantly, growing in profuse bunches, three inches in length, attached to a submerged wreck on Absecom Beach. Specimens obtained by Mr. Ashmead. The nettling cells of the tentacule of Laomedea are numerous, and are arranged in circles. They are elliptical in form, often curved, and minute; measuring from -0067 mm. to ‘0089 mm. long by :0022 mm. broad; and they contain a central style ex- tending from one pole of the cell half through its length. These cells, of which two are represented in figure 8, plate X, I saw at no time emitting threads. 8. CAMPANULARIA VOLUBILIS, Lamarck. Point Judith. 9. CAMPANULARIA DUMOSA, Flemming. Point Judith. I found small specimens of what I suspect to be this and the preceding species, but had not the opportunity of carefully examining their characters. 10. SertuLaria. Polypidoms, with opposite, tubular cells, the mouth divergent, growing to about three-fourths of an inch in length, are very abundant at Point Judith, attached to the roots of Fucus vesiculosus and I. nodosus, to the surface of the rocks beneath these fuci, and to mytili, but I did not ascertain the species to which they belong. 11. SerTULARIA cUPRESSINA,“ Lin. Found abundantly, thrown up on Absecom ‘Beach. Some of the bunches measure six inches in length. THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. 139 12. AsTrANGIA AstRarormis, M. Ed. et Haime, An. des Sc. Nat. 1849, 181; Astrangia Dane, Agassiz, (non M. Ed. et Haime), Proc. Amer. Assoc. 1850, 69. Polypidom encrusting, flat or lobed, or pedicled and lobed. Polype cells short, ap- proximate, fused together at their bases, cylindrical when free, subpolygonal when crowded, externally slightly costate. Calices infundibular. Columella slightly de- veloped. Partitions up to thirty-five in number, slightly exserted, narrow, with their margin oblique and serrated and their sides denticulated. Polypes cylindrical, pro- jecting up to half an inch in length, translucent white, brown, red, or green ; tentaculee colorless, twenty-four in number, elongated conical, with rounded tips, situated in an alternating circle ; mouth oval, situated at the summit of a conical proboscis. Coral masses up to two inches in diameter. Point Judith. Found attached to rocks just below low tide. / The polypidom of Astrangia ustreformis was first described by Milne Edwards and Haime, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for 1849. The living coral was first discovered by Agassiz who dredged it from a depth of nine fathoms off Gay Head in Martha’s Vineyard Sound.* At Point Judith I observed it in position attached to the rocks a little distance below the lowest tide mark. It is especially interesting from the fact that it is the only coral which has been discovered on the eastern shore of the United States. Dead specimens have long been known, and the cabinet of our Academy contains a number of them, among which is one attached to a fragment of a Fulgur, from ihe coast of South Carolina. Finding the living A. astreeformis afforded me an opportunity of examining its fili- ferous capsules. These are especially abundant in the tentacule, and in certain white cords of the interior of the body. The function of the cords just mentioned is yet unknown. I frequently observed them extruded from wounds of the body of A. astreformis. Wien detached they will spontaneously roll into a close coil; and are composed of filiferous capsules arranged in a radiant manner around a central cellular axis, enveloped in a delicate, actively vibrating ciliated epithelium. The filiferous capsules of A. astreformis are of two principal varieties. The first variety consists of oval, or ovoidal cells, about .05 mm. long by .0155 mm. broad, containing a spirally wound thread, as represented in figures 11, 12, plate X. The second variety consists of smaller cells; those of the tentacule measuring about .045 min. by .0067 mm., and those of the white cords .03 mm. by ‘0112 mm.; and they contain besides a spirally wound thread, a style extending from one pole to about the centre of the cells, as represented in figures 9, 10. Both kinds of filiferous capsules, under certain circumstances not readily explained, eject their contained threads with an astonishing degree of rapidity, and in so doing the threads are absolutely turned inside out, as was first noticed by Agassiz,; and sub- * Proc. Am. Assoc. 1850, 69. + Proc, Am. Assoc. 1850. 36 140 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF sequently by Gosse,* and remain attached to the emptied cells as long extended tubes, From the smaller cells the style is also extruded, and then appears as a more expanded portion of the thread, with which it is continuous at one end and with the capsule at the other, as seen in figures 15, 16. An attentive examination of the extruded thread exhibits a more complicated structure than would have been suspected, and as remarked by Agassiz, who first detected the peculiar arrangement, its exact character is exceed- ingly difficult to ascertain and requires the utmost power of the microscope to analyze. In the case of the larger capsules a spiral arrangement is readily distinguishable, ex- tending the entire length of the extruded thread. This arrangement in some instances appeared to me to depend upon minute cilise, which project at right angles from the thread, and apparently pursue a spiral course, as described by Agassiz, and as repre- sented in figure 15; but in other instances, it appeared to me as if the thread during its eversion from the capsule, assumed a spiral course within the portion preceding it, and that the thread externally was encircled at regular intervals with non-vibrating cilia, as represented in figure 14. In the ease of the smaller capsules the extruded style appears as a tube much dilated beyond its original calibre, narrowed at the extremities, and longer than the cell which contained it, so that it appears to have been folded within itself. From the distal extremity of the stylous tube projects the everted thread, which at times appeared simple, but at other times appeared to possess a spiral arrangement, like the coarser thread of the larger capsules. The tube derived from the style also presents a spiral arrangement, apparently dependent upon long cilize pursuing a spiral course as repre- sented in figure 16, or upon a twisting in the tube as represented in figure 15. 13. AcrrniA MARGINATA, Lesueur. Body when contracted, in the form of the segment of a large sphere; when expanded, cylindrical; brown in color with longitudinal bands of brighter brown. Tentacular disk deeply folded, translucent brown. Ten- tacles very numerous, short, elongated conical, from one-sixth to half an inch in leneth, brown tipped with white, sometimes with a median ring of white, and not unfrequently the white altogether absent. Mouth nearly circular, surrounded with an irregularly lobate, bright orange or reddish brown lip. This species is abundant at Point Judith. In one position, beneath an overhanging rock, a short distance from Mr. Hazard’s residence, I observed a group in the highest state of development. Some of the individuals measured four inches across the ten- tacular disk. Var. ambrea. Attached to fuci I frequently observed small specimens of an Actinia, two or three lines in diameter, and of a translucent ambreous appearance, which I suspected to be the young of A. marginata. * The Devonshire Coast. ¢ THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. 141 Var. salmonea. I found two specimens of an anemone of the same form as that of Actinia marginata, about an inch in diameter, and of a bright salmon color, which I suppose to be only a variety of the latter species. It was attached to large mytili, appeared to be more active than the undoubted A. marginata, and when irritated ejected jets of water from large pores of the body, a phenomenon I did not observe in the more ordinary variety. . The filiferous capsules of Actinia marginata are numerous in the tentacule, but especially so in the white cords of the interior of the body. (PI. X, figs. 17, 18). They are elliptical in form, and measure about the .06 mm. in length by the .004 mm. in breadth; and they contain a spirally coiled thread and a style extending from one pole about two-thirds through the centre. The ejected contents of the capsules present two different forms. In the one case the style assumes the appearance of a spindle-shaped tube, several times its original length, apparently having the extrud- ed thread of the capsule coiled within it and having on its exterior long ciliary ap- pendages, as represented in figure 21. In the other case the extruded style assumes the appearance of a long narrow tube, apparently with the projected thread partly coiled within it and partly everted from its distal extremity as represented in figures 19, 20. 14. Acrinia NEGLECTA, Leidy. Body when closed, obpyriform, or shortly cylin- drical; when expanded, cylindrical, about an inch in length by one fourth of an inch in breadth, smooth, translucent olive green. Mouth: elliptical, with the lip composed of six greenish white lobes. Tentacles numerous, up to half an inch in length, brighter olive green than the body. A single specimen was found in the mud of a sound, in the vicinity of Atlantic City. POLYZOA. 15. MemBranirora pitosa, Johnston. The stellate variety is very abundant at Point Judith, encrusting the ruffled borders of Laminaria saccharina. It is also found encrusting Chondrus crispus, the shells of Mytilus edulis, etc. Tn all the specimens I observed, the cells possessed four lateral spines and a posterior spine, and this in no case was developed to the dimensions which would give it the name of a bristle. 16. EscHARINA LINEATA, Leidy ; Flustra lineata, Lin. (PI. X. fig. 22.) Polypidom crustaceous, circular. Polype cells oblong oval ; mouths large, with about ten inclined spines on each side. Found by Mr. Ashmead, on pieces of anthracite coal from a wreck, at Beesley’s Point. 17. Escrarra pepriostoma, Leidy ; Lepratia pediostoma, Hassal. (PI. X. fig. 23.) Polype cells, six-sided oval, closely punctured; mouth subterminal, quadrate with rounded angles, and slightly constricted at the sides. On shells. Beesley’s Point. Obtained by Mr. Ashmead. 142 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATA FAUNA OF 18. Escnarina VARIABILIS, Leidy. (Pl. XI. fig. 37.) Polypidom encrusting, spreading in circles ; simple or lobate. Polype-cells exceedingly variable: square, oblong square, tubular, oval, ovoid, or flask-formed; arranged alternately, semi-alternately, in ad- vancing series, or opposite; more or less convex, or flat, or with a large spheroidal dilatation in advance of the mouth; usually procumbent, occasionally semi-imbricated, and rarely vertical ; when young glistening white, thin, and covered with perforated mamillee; when old dull white, thick, and reticulated. Mouth terminally lateral or median, usually to the left, circular, with an elevated border, emarginated inferiorly or laterally, with or without a short tubercle below the emargination. Anal aperture triangular, oblique, elevated, protected by a triangular corneous valve, usually situated to the right of the mouth, occasionally to the left, more rarely beneath, sometimes conjoined with tle mouth, and not unfrequently entirely absent. Polypes brownish orange color. Found at Point Judith encrusting rocks and shells; obtained by Mr. S. Ashmead at Great Ege Harbor, N. J., encrusting oyster shells, serpule, &c. This species of Escharina may have been already described under half a dozen names, but I found it no easy task to determine which they are. The Célleporide are subject to great variety of form, and require much study before the true species can be ascertained. 19. CrLnuLaria FASTIGIATA, Blumenb. Polypidom branching dichotomously. Polype cells in alternating pairs, elongated conoidal, with a short spine supero-exter- nally; mouth large, elliptical, with an entire margin. Found in small bunches attached to fuci. Obtained by Mr. Ashmead, in Great Egg Harbor. 20. ALcYonIpIuM? PELLUCIDUM, Leidy. (Pl. X. fig. 24.) Polypidom translucent white, attached by narrow fasciculated bases, which are extended in a procumbent manner and then expand into wedge-shaped masses, upon the free, flat surfaces of which the polypes are clustered. Polypes with bright orange colored tentacule. Attached to rocks, mytili, sponges, &c., at Point Judith; abundant. The masses of A. pellucidum from the white, fasciculated points of attachment to the broad free surfaces are up to an inch in thickness. Although I preserved a number of specimens in fresh sea-water for some days, I could not induce the polypes, if they were such, to protrude from their cells, and I only had the opportunity of ex- anining them in their retracted condition as represented in figure 24, plate X. 21. BowERBANKIA GRACILIS, Leidy. (Pl. XI. fig. 38.) Polypidom delicate, creeping, branching, white. Cells cylindrical, erect, about one-third of a line in length, without appendages at their orifice, the margin of which is retractile with the inhabitant of the cell. Polype provided with eight ciliated arms. Intestine with a strong gizzard. Point Judith. THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. 1435 This species differs from Bowerbankia densa in having a less number of tentacule and in having no spines to the cells. From Fwrella our polype differs in possessing a strong gizzard. The animal corresponds in its form very closely with the figure given by Hassal in the seventh volume of the An. and Mag. of Nat. History for 1841, Pl. vii. fig. 4. 22. PEDICELLINA AMERICANA, Leidy. (PI. X. fig.25.) Polypidom delicate, creeping, white, with erect branches about one-third of a line in length, smooth and without abrupt dilatations. Polype campanulate, white, with a wide, crenated border marked with fine concentric lines. Tentaculze cylindrical, twelve or more in number. Found attached to the roots of Laminaria saccharina, at Point Judith. 23. VALKERIA PUSTULOSA, Johnston. Polypidom growing in profuse, wide spreading bunches up to two or more inches from the root of attachment. Stems flexuose ; alternately branching at the flexures. Cells oval, arranged in semi-spiral clusters up to a half a line in length and situated about the same distance apart. Found by Mr. Samuel Ashmead, in Great Ege Harbor, N. J. DENDROCGLA. 24. Monocenis Aciiis, Leidy. Body elongated elliptical, anteriorly and posteriorly subacute, black or fuliginous. Hye brown. Length one line, breadth one-eighth of a line. Found actively creeping on Mytilus edulis. Point Judith. 25, PLANARIA FREQUENS, Leidy. Body spatulate, posteriorly convex, anteriorly narrowed ; head auriculate. Hyes two, reniform, distant. Color above black, beneath grey. Length one to two lines, by one-sixth to two-fifths of a line in breadth. A small, quite active, and remarkably abundant species, found beneath stones, near high tide mark. Point Judith. 26. Nemmrres socials, Leidy. Body long, linear, flattened, anteriorly subacute, posteriorly obtuse or subacute; usually black above, and brownish ash'colored beneath, oceasionally brownish ash colored with the anterior extremity tipped with black. Head not constricted from the body. Eyes two to four pairs, arranged longitudinally on each side. Length up to six inclies, by one-third of a line in breadth. Very abundant, often in masses, about the roots of corallines between tides. Point Judith. 27. MECKELIA INGENS, Leidy. Body long, tape-like, narrowed posteriorly, cream colored. Head obtusely angular, depressed ; lateral fissures deep. Generative aper- ture a longitudinal fissure. Described from a specimen preserved in alcohol, and measuring in its present condition, fifteen inches in length, eight lines in breadth and three and a half lines in thickness. It was obtained by Mr. Chas. C. Ashmead, from an oyster bed, at Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, and when alive measured more than a yard in length. SSSA Tee hype ee ae 17, vm 3 24d ee [44 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATH FAUNA OF NEMATOIDEA. PontoneMA, Leidy. Body capillary, narrowing towards the extremities. Head continuous with the body, obtuse, pointed, with short cirri. yes none, caudal ex- tremity obtuse. Generative aperture near the middle of the body. sophagus long, cylindrical ; intestine cylindrical. Ovaries two. Allied to Amblyura. Marine. 28. PonToNEMA VACILLATUM, Leidy. Body cylindroid, with minute eirri anteriorly in addition to those around the head. Tail short, obtuse, incurved. Color brown- ish white. Length to three-fourths of an inch, by one-fifth of a line in thickness. Found abundantly beneath stones, between tides, at Point Judith. 29. PontoNEMA MARINUM, Leidy. Body cylindroid. Tail long, narrow, blunt. Color white. Length to three lines. Obtained from an oyster bed, in about six feet water, in one of the sounds near Atlantic City, New Jersey. ENTOZOA. 30. GREGARINA . Body elliptical; head oblate spheroidal. Length -225 mm., breadth -072 mm. From the intestine of Nereis denticulata. 31. Leucopurys cLAVATA, Leidy, (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. ii. 50.) In. the visceral cavity of Lwmbriculus tenws. 32. LEUCOPHRYS COCHLEARIFORMIS, Leidy. (Pl. XI. figs. 62,63.) Body curved cochle- ariform. Length 135 to:18 mm. From the intestinal canal of Lambriculus tenuis. I found four individuals of this remarkable species in a dozen of the Lumbriculus. While within the intestine it appeared quiescent, but when set free it moved about actively, by means of its long vibrating cilia, with the bowl-end forward. ANNULATA. NaraGANseta, Leidy. Body cylindrical, narrowed posteriorly ; no lateral pinne ; segments numerous ; those anteriorly furnished with a few, simple, cylindrical, lateral tentaculz ; anterior segments with four rows of simple sete in fascicles; succeeding few segments with two rows of simple seta, and two rows of cochleariform podal spines ; posterior segments with four rows of cochleariform spines. Upper lip distinct, conical, eyes none. 33. NARAGANSETA CORAL, Leidy. (PI. XI. figs. 46—48.) Body black, brownish or yellowish black, ninety segments in an individual, one inch anda quarter in length. Hight comparatively short tentaculze on each side of the anterior six segments; three to the first segment ; first two the shortest, the third the most robust; orange in color, and except the most robust one, tipped with black. Anterior ten segments with four rows of simple sete: in fasciculi of five; the succeeding four segments with two rows THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. 145 of simple sete, and two rows of cochleariform podal spines; and the following seg- ments with four rows of cochleariform podal spines in fasciculi of four to six. Point Judith. This curious worm lives in tubes within the dead portions of Astrangea astreformis. It protrudes the anterior portion of its body with the orange colored antennz. The latter are contractile, from one to four lines long, and with the exception of the third or most robust one on each side, are tipped with black, as if to be subservient to the impressions of light. Its setee are quite simple, as represented in figure 47, and are about the fifth of a line in length. The podal spines consist of a long style ending in a bowl, like that of a spoon, as represented in figure 48. For the new genus, of which the worm just described is the type, I have adopted the Indian name Narragansett, being that of the bay, on the shores of which the animal was first discovered. 34. SABELLA OCULIFERA, Leidy. (Pl. XI. figs. 55—61.) Body demicylindroidal, pos- teriorly narrowed, one hundred and thirty-eight setigerous segments to an individual one and a half inches in length. Tentaculs: twenty-four in number, arranged in the four-fifths of a circle, decreasing in length towards the extremities of the latter, re- flected, supplied with about forty-eight secondary tentaculee, arranged in pairs; two or three black eye spots on the back of the longer tentacule. Two rows of setz in fascicles of about six, and two rows of podal hooks, in transverse series of ten. Setee in the third to the ninth segment inclusive, in major part spade-shaped with a short subulate point; of the following segments all like the latter. Podal hooks in the first to the tenth segments inclusive, bird-like in form, associated with opposing spade-like podal spines. Podal hooks of the following segments smaller than those anteriorly. Worm living in tough tubes composed of mud, and found in a horizontal posi- tion partially concealed beneath masses of Astrangia astreformis. Point Judith. The plumose tentaculee with the dark eye specks on their back render this worm a beautiful object. The surface of the tentacule is everywhere covered with vibrat- ing cilia. By transmitted light the blood appears of a bright green color. 39. CLYMENE URCEOLATUS, Leidy. Body cylindrical, composed of segments of various lengths, twenty-six in number including the head and caudal appendage. The anterior eight segments the shortest; the seven preceding the last ten the longest; those in advance of the third, and intervening to this and the sixth and the ninth, without sete. Head obliquely truncated, concave, with a thin acute margin. Mouth inferior triangular. Caudal appendage large, urceolate, with the margin entire. Color reddish brown. Length five inches; breadth one and a half lines. Raked from the mud in a sound about six feet deep, near Atlantic City, N. J. 146 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF 36. CLYMENE ToRQUATUS, Leidy. Body cylindrical, with a membranaccous collar at the fifth segment. Head abruptly truncated, concave, with a thin membranous border emarginate below and on each side. Mouth inferior, at the sumimit of a double ringed papilla. Length? (the posterior portion of the only specimen found, is either wanting or the body terminates very abruptly.) The anterior fourteen segments measure one inch and a half in length by one line in breadth. Found with the pre- ceding species. | 37. PrectINARIA AURICOMA, Grube. (P. Belgica, Grube, Gould; P. Grenlandica, Grube, Stimpson)? Body composed of nineteen segments including the head and tail. Palese eight to sixteen in a fasciculus, according to age. Twenty-eight denticula- tions to the frontal border. Length up toaninch anda half. PoimtJudith and Great Ege Harbor. 38. 'TEREBELLA ORNATA, Leidy. (Pl. XI. figs. 44, 45.) Body with about one hun- dred segments, of which forty-five are setigerous. The anterior teu ventral plates trans- versely oblong square, those succeeding abruptly diminished in size. Tentaculee: nume- rous ; branchiz in three pairs. Color brownish red. Length to four inches. Lives in tubes of mud. Found at Point Judith, Atlantic City, and Beesley’s Point. I found the young of this species at Point Judith. It had the appearance of that of Terebella nebulosa, Mont., represented in fig. 24, pl. 3, of M. Edward’s Rech. Anat. et Phys. etc. The single specimen obtained was three lines long. There were twelve tentaculee, twenty-five eyes around the head, and twenty-eight segments to the body, of which sixteen were setigerous. 39. SPIRORBIS SPIRILLUM, Lamarck. On Chondrus crispus. Point Judith. Torquza, Leidy. Body cylindrical, narrowed at the extremities. Tentaculex numerous, attached laterally to the head, capable of very great extension and con- traction by the passage to and fro of blood corpuscles from the cavity of the body. Hyes none. Sete in two rows, three to twelve in a fasciculus, extremities lanceolate. Podal hooks in two rows, short, from twelve to forty in each transverse series, sup- ported at the edge of a laminar process stiffened with fine, simple sete. 40. Torquea EximiA, Leidy. (PI. XI. figs. 51, 52.) Body soft, blood red. Ten- taculee very numerous, capable of very great extension by the propulsion into them of the bright red corpuscles, with which the cavity of the body is filled. Sets: anteriorly in fasciculi of twelve, posteriorly from three to six. Podal hooks commencing at the eighth segment, from twelve to forty in each series. Worm half an inch to an inch in length, with from forty to sixty segments. Obtained from mud and sand below low tide mark. Point Judith. This worm is remarkable for its softness, its blood red color, its numerous extensi- THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. 147 ble tentaculee, and its numerous podal hooks. It is capable of slowly progressing, by means of its tentacule. In the process, these are extended by having forced into them the bright red corpuscles which fill the visceral cavity of the body, they then attach themselves by their extremities to the surface upon which the animal is lying, and by subsequent contraction the body is dragged after them. 41. CIRRHATULUS FRAGILIS, Leidy. (Pl. XI. figs. 8943.) Body cylindrical, narrowed towards the extremities, reddish orange color, posteriorly greenish. Mouth inferior, circular; upper lip conical. Eyes two. Cirri numerous, orange colored ; the first pair, commencing at the second setigerous segment and the most robust. Sete in two rows, simple, in fasciculi of three to five. Podal hooks in two rows, five to eight in each fasciculus, sigmoid, bifid at the free extremity. Intestine cylindrical, constricted. Ovaries on each side of the intestine, extending four-fifths the length of the body. Worm three lines long, by one-fourth of a line broad, and composed of forty annula- tions. - Found under stones, on the shores of Point Judith. 42. LUMBRICONEREIS SPLENDIDA, Blainville. Body cylindrical, copper-red and strongly iridescent. Upper lip conical; mouth round, with a short proboscis armed with an inferior pair of dental plates, as well as a complex dental apparatus above and within. Hyes four. Caudal segment furnished witha pair of minute cirri. Lateral tubercles with from six to ten sete in two fasciculi. Setse simple, distally curved and grooved and ending in a subulate point. Length up to eighteen inches, with as many as 420 segments. Raked from oyster beds, in Great Eee Harbor, N. J., where it is abundant. The animal corresponds closely with De Biainville’s description of a specimen, the country of which, he remarks, he did not know. 43. Eunice SANGUINEA, Montagu. Body compressed, cylindroid, brownish red, iridescent. Head with two oval dorsal lobes. The five antenne nearly equal. An eye situated between the outer two antenne. Branchie blood red, commencing at the sixteenth segment and continuing until within about forty segments of the posterior extremity. Setigerous tubercles of the anterior sixteen segments containing two spines, the remainder containing four. Seta in two fasciculi to each tubercle, simple and compound, the latter consisting of a scalpel like blade received into a forked handle. Length to five inches, with two hundred, and twenty segments. Found with the pre- ceding. 44, GLYCERA AMERICANA, Leidy. (Pl. XI. figs. 49, 50.) Body cylindrical, brownish red. Upper lip short, with hardly perceptible antennew. No branchial appendages except three minute dorsal papille upon the pinne. The latter five-lobed, armed with two spines and four fasciculi of simple and compound sete, thirty to forty in number to each pinna. Simple setae linear, awned; compound seta composed of a 38 148 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF furcate handle and a long linear lanceolate blade. Length up to five inches, with a breadth of one and a half lines, and about 240 setigerous segments, between each of which is a secondary ring. Found at Point Judith, Atlantic City, and Great Kgg Harbor. It is most like the Glycera capitata Oersted, but nevertheless is a different species. 45. NEREIS DENTICULATA, Stimpson. Abundant at Point Judith, R. I, and on the shores of Great Eee Harbor, N. J. 46. SIPHONOSTOMUM AFFINE, Leidy. Body cylindro-fusifurm, minutely papillated, with four rows of fasciculi of sete ; those of the anterior three segments directed for- ward ; those of the first segment one-third of an inch long; those of the third segment one line long. Length to three inches, by two lines broad, with 80 segments. Ob- tained by Mr. Ashmead, from Beesley’s Point, N. J. 47, LEPIDONOTE ARMADILLO, Leidy. (Aphrodita armadillo, Bosc., Lepidonote punctata, Oersted, Stimpson; Polynoe squamata, M. Ed., Gould)? (Pl. XI. fig. 54.) Body of twenty-four segments, with twelve pairs of elytrae completely covering the back. Elytree fringed externally, spotted with variously colored papilla. Head round, with two pair of eyes, three anterior tentacule and three lateral tentacule ; the middle of the anterior and the first of the lateral tentaculse the longest, the former with two eye- like black spots, the latter with none; all the others with a single black eye-like dilatation or spot. Dorsal and anal cirri with black eye-like dilated spots. Length an inch and a quarter, by three lines wide. Point Judith and Great Ege Harbor. The Lepidonote squamata is described as having five tentaculee; in L. armadillo I in no case could find less than nine, as represented by figure 54. 48. SigaAnion Maruirpm, Aud.et Edw. (PI. XI. fig. 53.) Body composed of over 200 segments, with over 150 pairs of elytra completely covering the back. Head with five antenne, of which the outer ones are the longest and most robust, the middle one is next in length, and the second is the shortest. Eyes four, those anterior nearly concealed by the bases of the second antenne. Sets of the dorsal pinne simple; those of the ventral pinnz compound. Length over five inches, by two and a half lines in breadth. Described from a specimen, with the posterior extremity lost, ob- tained by Mr. Ashmead, at Beesley’s Point, N. J. 49. OPHELIA SIMPLEX, Leidy. Body fusiform, above convex, below flattened, an- teriorly and posteriorly acute, reddish brown. Mouth inferior, round. Cirri com- mencing at the third and ceasing about the twentieth segment. Setse in two lateral approximated fasciculi, simple, linear. Length two-thirds of an inch, with about 30 setigerous segments. Taken from below low tide at Point Judith. 50. LumpricuLus TENUIS, Leidy. (Pl. XI. fig. 64.) Body cylindrical, linear, bright 5 sh SOG a eR ae Oa Sk ae Aa cag aa a THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. 149 red, composed of sixty or more segments; ninth to the eleventh segment inclusive, slightly thickened ; two generative apertures on each side of the ninth segment. Four rows of podal hooks, anteriorly five or six in each fasciculus, posteriorly three or four in each fasciculus. Length up to an inch and a half, by the fourth of a line in breadth. Abundant about the roots of grasses on the shores of a sound on Point Judith. CRUSTACEA. 51. OcypopE ARENARIA, Say. Great Kgg Harbor. 52. GELASIMUS PUGILATOR, Desmarest. Absecom and Great Egg Harbor; in 1m- mense numbers, at margins of salt meadows, or upon salt flats. 58. GELASIMUS MINAX, Le Conte. From a brackish spring at Great Egg Harbor, and at Dennis Creek, N. J. Discovered by Mr. Ashmead. 54, SESARMA CINEREA, Say. Absecom and Great Ege Harbor. 55. SESARMA RETICULATA, Say. Absecom and Great Ege Harbor. 56. PINNOTHERES OSTREUM, Say. Point Judith, Absecom, and Great Ege Harbor. 57. PINNOTHERES MACULATUM, Say. Point Judith. Frequent in Mytilus edulis. Say gives the muricated Pinna of our coast as the animal which protects this parasitic crustacean. His description also closely applies to the parasite of our Mytilus edulis, which is a curious fact as the same species of Mytilus of Kurope contains the P. mytilo- rum, which is quite distinct from the P. maculatwn. 58. PLATycarcinus IrRoRATUS, M. Edw. Point Judith; Great Ege Harbor. 59. PLatycarcinus SAyi, Dekay. Point Judith; Great Egg Harbor. 60. PLATyoNIcHUS OcELLATUS, Latr. Point Judith; Newport; Great Egg Harbor. 61. Lupa picantHa, M. Edw. Point Judith; Absecom ; Great Ege Harbor. 62. Lupa MAcuLATA, Say. Great Egg Harbor. Obtained by Mr. Ashmead. 63. Carcinus mans, Leach. Point Judith ; Newport. 64. Panorpeus Hersstu, M. Edw. Newport; Great Ege Harbor. 65. Panorpzus WurpMANu, Gibbes. Delaware Bay. Obtained by Mr. Ashmead. 66. Hyas coarcrata, Leach. Great Ege Harbor. Obtained by Mr. Ashmead. 67. HippA TALPOIDEA, Say. Point Judith ; Absecom; Great Egg Harbor. 68. PAGURUS POLLICARIS, Say. Newport; Point Judith; Great Ege Harbor. 69. PAGURUS LONGICARPUS, Say. Newport; Point Judith ; Great Eee Harbor. ; rs ti haa te ira a 150 LEIDY ON THE MARINE INVERTEBRATE FAUNA OF 70. CRANGON SEPTEMSPINOSUS, Say. Great Egg Harbor. Obtained by Mr. Ash- mead. 71. GEBIA AFFINIS, Say. Great Egg Harbor. Mr. Ashmead. 72. SQUILLA EmMpuSA, Say. Newport. Obtained by Samuel Powell, Esq. ? Point Judith. ? Point Judith. 73. PycnoGoNon 74. CAPRELLA 75. CALIGUS —? Attached to the fin of a shark. Great Egg Harbor. Ob- tained by Mr. Ashmead. This and the preceding two crustaceans I have not had the leisure to determine. 76. POLYPHEMUS OCCIDENTALIS, Lam. Point Judith; Absecom ; Great Ege Harbor. In the latter locality in immense numbers. Tt. Lier ? Point Judith. 78. LIMNORIA TEREBRANS, Leach. Absecom. 79. IpoTEA rRRORATA, M. Edw. Point Judith; Absecom; Great Ege Harbor. Numerous varieties, and in great abundance in the first mentioned place. 80. InorEA TRILOBA, Say. Great Egg Harbor.- Obtained by Mr. Ashmead. 81. OrcHESTIA GRYLLUS, Gould. Point Judith. Abundant. 82. Cepon pistortus, Leidy. (Pl. XI. figs. 26—32.) Female. Body compressed and distorted ovoid, white ; abdominal scales completely concealing the pinkish white ova. Head prominent, provided with a pair of large oval disks situated posteriorly. Mouth minute, at the summit of a trilobate papilla. Antenne very small and indis- tinct. Divisions of the thorax posteriorly strongly costate. Feet in seven pairs, curved forward and downward, ending in a short recurved, abortive hooklet. Abdo- men deeply segmented. Branchial appendages lanceolate, fringed. Male. Body long and slender, divided into fourteen segments. Head subrotund. Internal antennz short and robust, three jointed ; joints spinous. External antenne long, seven jointed ; the first two joints spinous, the others bristled. First joint of the thorax transversely oblong, the remainder depressed, pyriform in outline. Feet in seven pairs, the ante- penultimate joint spinous, the penultimate joint broad and with the claw recurved. Abdominal segments depressed, pyriform in outline, each provided with a pair of pe- culiar ventral appendages, and, except the fifth one, with a lateral irregular pigment cell. Caudal segment round, with a pair of divergent appendages. Length of female four lines, breadth three lines; length of male one and a quarter lines. Found in the branchial cavity of Gelassimus pugilator, at Atlantic City. THE COASTS OF RHODE ISLAND AND NEW JERSEY. Toi The genus Cepon was first described by Duvernoy, in the fifteenth volume of the An. des Sciences Naturelles, but the individual he indicates as being the male of Cepon typus is evidently the female of another species. Cepon distortus is not a very abundant parasite, for after having accidentally found a specimen, in searching for others, I destroyed fifty fidler crabs without obtaining a second. The parasite produces no deformity, visible externally, of the animal it infests. The male was found in the embrace of the female, as commonly observed in the isopodous crustacea. In making out the foregoing list of crustacea, I have availed myself of the aid of Dr. Bridges’ knowledge of this class of animals. CIRRIPEDIA. 83. ANATIFA STRIATA, Brug. 84. ANATIFA La&vIS, Brug. 85. ANATIFA DENTATA, Brug. 86. BALANUS BALANOIDES, Stimpson. ‘The four species of cirripeds have been ob- served at Point Judith, Atlantic City, and Beesley’s Point. RADIATA. 87. ASTERACANTHION RUBENS, Mull. et Trosch. Very abundant at Point Judith. 88. EcHINUS GRANULATUS, Say. Abundant at Point Judith. REFERENCES TO PLATES X. AND XI. Fig. 1.—A branch of Hucoryne elegans, the size of nature. Fig. 2.—Kucoryne elegans. A portion of a stem with three branchlets and polypes. a, young bud; b, medusa bud fully developed ; c, young medusa bud. Magnified. Fig. 3.—A polype of Hucoryne elegans, with two fully developed medusa buds (b) and a young one (c). Fig. 4.—Hucoryne elegans. Extremity of one of the filiform tentaculee with the filiferous cells (a) placed inferiorly and at the tip, and with an axis of large nucleated cells (c). Highly magnified. Fig. 5.—Hucoryne elegans. Extremity of one of the superior tentacule with the globular end filled with filiferous cells (a), a few of which (b) are represented as separated and with their threads ejected.. ¢, central axis of large nucleated cells, surrounded with muscular fibres and a ciliated epithelium. Fig. 6.—A filiferous cell of the Hydra, resembling those of Kucoryne. Highly magnified. Fig. 7.—A filiferous cell of the Hydra, with the style and thread emitted. Fig. 8.—Two styliferous cells, highly magnified, from the tentacule of Laomedea. Figs. 9—16.—Filiferous cells of Astrangia astreeformis, highly magnified. Fig. 9.—Filiferous cell with a style; from the tentacule. Fig. 10.—Filiferous cell with a style; from the white cords of the interior of the body. Figs. 11, 12,—Filiferous cells; from the white cords. Figs. 13, 14.—The same as figs. 11, 12, with the apparent structure of the partially emitted thread. Figs. 15, 16.—Filiferous cells, with the thread partially and the style entirely emitted, exhibiting their ap- parent structure. Figs. 17—21.—Filiferous cells, from the interior white cords of the body of Actinia marginata. Figs. 17, 18.—Filiferous cells with styles. Fig. 19.—One of the varieties of filiferous cells with the thread and style emitted. 39 152 REFERENCES TO PLATES. Fig. 20.—The same as fig. 19, more highly magnified, exhibiting the apparent arrangement of the emitted structure. Fig. 21.—A second variety of the filiferous capsules, with the apparent arrangement of the emitted structure. Fig. 22.—Cells of Escharina lineata. Magnified. Fig. 23.—Cells of Escharina pediostoma. Magnified. Fig. 24.—A retracted polype of Alcyonidium? pellucidum. Magnified. Fig. 25.—Pedicellina americana. Magnified. Fig. 26—82.—Cepon distortus. Highly magnified. Fig. 26.—Posterior view of the male. Fig. 27.—Head of male, with the antenne. Fig. 28.—A right foot of the male. Fig. 29.—The abdominal segments of the male, with peculiar appendages (branchial ”). Fig. 30.—Dorsal view of the female. Fig. 31.—Ventral view of the female. Fig. 32.—A foot of the female. Fig. 833.—Clava multicornis. Magnified. Fig. 34.—Clava multicornis, with bunches of ova. Magnified. Fig. 35.—Hydractinia echinata. a, neuter individuals; b, ovigerous individuals. Magnified. Fig. 86.—Polypidom of Laomedea dichotoma. Fig. 837.—Cells of Escharina variabilis. Fig. 88.—Bowerbankia gracilis. Fig. 89 —43.—Cirrhatulus fragilis. Fig. 39.—The worm, having many of the cirri broken off. Fig. 40.—Side view of the head. Fig. 41.—Extremity of one of the cirri, more highly magnified. Fig. 42.—Fasciculus of setze. Fig. 43.—One of the podal hooks. Fig. 44.—One of the setze of Terebella ornata. Fig. 45.—One of the podal hooks of Terebella ornata. Fig. 46.—Anterior extremity of Naraganseta coralii. Fig. 47.—One of the setz of Naraganseta coralii. Fig. 48.—One of the podal hooks of Naraganseta coralii. Fig. 49.—Pinna from the anterior third of Glycera americana. Fig. 50.—Pinna from the posterior third of Glycera americana. Fig. 51.—Two views of one of the sete of Torquea eximia. Fig. 52.—Podal hook of Torquea eximia. Fig. 53.—Head of Sigalion Mathilde. Fig. 54.—Head of Lepidonote armadillo. Fig. 55.—Tentacule of Sabella oculifera. a, eye-spots.. Fig. 56.—One of the tentaculze of Sabella oculifera. a, eye-spots. Figs. 57, 58.—Two forms of sete of Sabella oculifera. Fig. 59.—One of the posterior podal hooks of Sabella oculifera. - Figs. 60, 61.—Associated setee and podal hook from the anterior part of the body of Sabella oculifera. Figs. 62, 63.—Leucophrys cochleariformis. Fig. 64.—A podal hook of Lumbriculus tenuis. [ 153 ] ART. XU.—Descriptions of new species of Psirtactpm, in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Joun CASSIN. 1. ArA AURICOLLIS, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philada. vi. p. 372. (June, 1853.) ARA AuURITORQUES, Massena et Souance, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 71, (Feb.) SITTACE PRIMOLI, Bonaparte, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 147. PLATE XII. Adult. Form.—Rather smaller than Ara severa, (Linn.) Bill abruptly curved, culmen flattened, bare space commencing at the nostril, including the eye and completely inclosing the under mandible. Wing rather long, second and third quills longest and nearly equal; tail graduated, containing twelve feathers. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) from tip of bill to end of tail about 15 inches, wing 84, tail 82 inches. Colors.—A large spot of yellow on the back of the neck, somewhat rectangular in shape, and extending slightly on to the sides of the neck at its lower edge. Head above, from the base of the bill to the crown, black, which is also the color of the cheeks immediately next to the bare space. Occiput and all other parts of the plumage, except the wings and tail, green, tinged with yellowish on the back and wing coverts, and very slightly with bluish on the occiput. Primaries and secondaries light blue; tertiaries same yellowish green as other plumage. Taii with the two cen- tral feathers on their upper surface reddish chestnut or maroon for the greater part of their length, yellowish green at base, and towards the end subterminally light blue and narrowly tipped with yellow! Other feathers of the tail much the same, but with the light blue predominating on their outer webs, and yellowish green on their inner webs. Under surfaces of wings and tail pale silky yellow. Hab.—South America; Bolivia. Obs.—Peculiarly characterized by the large yellow patch on the neck behind, and bearing no very near relationship to any species known to me. Three specimens, very similar in plumage, are in the collection of the Academy, two of which have been labelled in Europe as natives of Bolivia, the other is without label. 2. CHRYSOTIS VIRIDIGENALIS, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philada., vi. p. 371. (June, 1853.) PLATE XIII. Adult Male. Form.—About the size of C. autwmnalis, (Linn.) Bill strong, culmen curved from the base and slightly grooved. Wing with the second, third and fourth quills longest 154 CASSIN’S DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF PSITTACID/. and nearly equal; quills broad, tail of twelve feathers, moderate, rather broad; tarsi short, robust; small space around the eye, bare. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) from tip of bill to end of tail about 12 inches wing 8, tail 42 inches. Color.—Top of the head from the base of the bill, fine crimson, varying in extent in different specimens; other plumage of the head above, green at the base of the feathers, many of them having subterminal transverse bands of bluish cinerous, and all narrowly tipped with black. Cheeks fine pale green, (with no yellow nor red.) Entire plumage above and below, green; dark on the back and tinged with yellow on the under parts ; every feather of the back, rump, neck, breast and abdomen nar- rowly tipped or edged with black. First primary black, others green for the greater part of their length, but bluish black at their tips. A large spot of fine crimson occupying about the middle third of the first five or six secondaries, which are tipped with fine blue. Tail above and below dark green at its base, terminal portion greenish yellow, central feathers darkest, some of the outer feathers edged with reddish chest- nut at their bases. Under tail coverts yellowish green, shafts of the feathers black. Bill (in skin) pale yellowish. Hab.—South America. Brazil? Obs.—Several specimens of this bird are in the collection of the Academy, variously labelled, but mostly “ Psittacus vernans?” and “ Amazona lilacina. Less.” It is not the latter, and I do not know the former, if there is such a species. This species considerably resembles C. awtwmnalis, (Linn.) but is invariably smaller and has no yellow markings on the face. The bill is clear yellowish white, with no tinge of brown or horn color, as in that species. The extent of the space on the head occupied by both the crimson and bluish ash colors, varies much in different specimens, and in one the latter color is nearly invisible. 3. PsITTACULA LINEOLA, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philada. vi. p. 372, (June, 1853.) Plate XIV. Fig. 1. Form.—Small, size of P. passerina, (Linn.) Wing with the first and second quill longest and nearly equal; tail feathers pointed, the two central feathers longest, acuminated ; bill tumid; tarsi and feet strong. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) about 6 inches, wing 4, tail 24 inches. Colors.—Shoulders black. Entire plumage above and below green, slightly tinged with brownish on the back, and with yellow on the under parts, rump, upper and under tail coverts, most obvious on the latter. Every feather of the entire plumage, except the quills and tail narrowly tipped with black, nearly obsolete on the middle of the breast and abdomen, but very conspicuous on the head, neck, back rump * CASSIN’S DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF PSITTACIDA., 155 coverts of the wings and tail, sides and flanks, and assuming the form of circular ter- minal spots on the upper and under coverts of the tail. Quills green on their outer webs, brownish black on their inner webs, tinged with green and paler on their inner margins. Tail feathers green, the two central feathers with a line of brownish black along their shafts and tipped with the same color, other tail feathers also brownish black along the shafts and on their inner margins. Bill, tarsi and toes light colored. Hab.—Mexico, National Bridge. Obs.—This handsome little parrot does not appear to be nearly related to any other, but in general appearance bears a greater resemblance to some of the small Australian species, than to any that are American. Two specimens are in the collection: one brought by Mr. Pease from the vicinity of the National Bridge, and the other is in a collection made by M. Bruzin, also from Mexico. 4. BRoTOGERIS AURIFRONS, nobis. Nov., 1855. Plate XIV. fig. 2. Form.—Similar to that of B. chrysoptera, (Linn.,) but larger. Bill rather com- pressed, upper mandible lengthened; wing long, first and second quills longest and very nearly equal; tail short, somewhat rounded; feathers narrow at the tips; tarsi and toes robust. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) about 63 inches; wing 44; tail 2% inches. Colors.—Narrow band in front (at the base of the upper mandible) and small spot on the throat dark reddish orange. Inner of the greater coverts of the wings reddish orange, fading into paler yellow at the ends, and forming a conspicuous spot on the wing. General color green, slightly tinged with brown on the back and with yellow on the under parts of the body. Quills bluish-black, edged outwardly with green. Tail green, with all the feathers yellowish on their inner edges, and on its under surface silky greenish yellow. Under surface of the wings pale blue. Bill and feet pale dull yellow. Hab.—South America, Obs.—This bird is related to B. chrysoptera, but is larger, and may be immediately distinguished by its frontal band and spot on the throat of dark reddish orange. Several specimens are in the collection of the Academy. 5. PRIONITURUS FLAVICANS. Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., VI., p. 373, (June, 1853.) Form.—Similar to that of P. platurus (Vieill.) and P. discwrus (Vieill.,) but larger than either. Bill strong, rather tumid ; wings long, second and third quills longest 4 a Oe eee Oe ee 156 CASSIN’S DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF PSITTACIDA, und nearly equal; tail moderate, rather wide, the two central feathers with their shafts exserted and with spatula-formed tips; tarsi and toes robust. A small bare space at the base of the upper mandible. Dimensions.—Total length (of skin) about 11 inches; wing 72; tail 0 inches. Colors.—Kntire under parts greenish yellow, extending upwards and forming a wide collar around the neck, the yellow most clear and distinct on the breast and collar, greener on the abdomen and inferior coverts of the tail. Head green, tinged with light blue on the vertex. Body, wings and tail above, dark green; first primary light blue on its outer edge; all the quills margined with brownish-black on their inner webs; tail tipped with black and with its inferior surface greenish blue. Bill, in dried specimen, nearly white, tinged with horn color at its base. Hab.-—Celebes. Obs.—The only specimen of this bird in the collection, is one of the many valuable contributions to our collections made by Mr. Edward Wilson, and is labelled as a native of the island of Celebes. It is quite different from either P. platurus or P. discurus, both of which are in the collection of the Academy, and is peculiarly cha- racterized by its yellow breast and wide cervical collar of the same color. 6. PALaorNis Grronizrt. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 195 (May.) PALAORNIS VIRIDICOLLIS. Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., VI., p. 373 (June, 1853.) | The paper in the Proceedings of the Academy in which the species above given are originally described, contains also a description of the present bird, of which several specimens have been sent from Europe by Mr. Edward Wilson. It was however described a short time previously by Messrs. Verreaux, as above, whose name is of course to be adopted. = oo ee) ~~ i 23, for ‘ample elliptice-cylindrico,” read amplo, elliptice cylindrico. 14, for “‘ Fruticulus,”’ read Fruticosus. — 16, for “ subumbellatiformibus,” read subumbelliformibus. 16, for “foliis,” read foliolis. the following line. 33, after D. C., add Hook. Bot. Mag. T. 3622. 9, for “‘ cauli,” read caule. 15, for “‘sepalis,” read sepala. CORRIGENDA. - Page 82, line 4, for “oblonge-linearibus,”’ read oblonge linearibus. “ 82, “ 17, for “sacciforme,” read sacciformi. ‘ 7, for ‘‘3-distinctis,” read 3 distinctis. 19, for ‘ Douglassii” (and the same word in the sequel) read Douglasti. 22, for “‘but the cup-shaped,” read but has cup-shaped, and erase the comma after corolla in 3 and 10, for “‘ Schcenolerion,” read Schoenolerion. 6, for ‘stigmate,’’ read stigma, een PS shal eh at Se ah fo ee —-o. ae eer Sy ae = Ca Tr en To a eT. th Eeas ti xo MiG), we [ 159 ] ART. XIII.—Descriptions of some remains of fishes from the Carboniferous and Devonian Formations of the United States. By Josern Lerpy, M. D. EDESTUS, Leidy. Generic Characters.—Maxillary bones segmented ; segments beveled anteriorly and excavated posteriorly for coadaption. Teeth in general form resembling those of Charchavodon ; one coossified with each maxillary segment. ‘Epestus vorax, Leidy. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii, 414. The subject of the present description is a fossil fragment of the jaw of a remarkable and gigantic fish, which was presented to the Academy by William S. Vaux, Esq., who obtained it from an itinerant showman. The latter informed Mr. Vaux, that the specimen was discovered at Frozen Rock, Arkansas river, twenty miles below Fort Gibson, in the Indian Territory. The specimen is dense, heavy, and jet-black ; and when it was first received the crevices about its surfaces were filled with carbonaceous matter. It was probably derived from a coal bed; but the geological features of the locality from which it was obtained I have been unable to learn. The fragment of jaw is six inches in length ; and it measures three inches in depth from the dental border. ‘The sides are symmetrical, and slope divergently from the latter position towards the base, which is convex and moderately keeled in the median line. At the dental border the jaw is about seven eighths of an inch in thickness, and and at the thickest part cf its base measures one inch and four-fifths. Longitudinally the base of the jaw is slightly concave and furrowed. The surface of the bone is covered with fine vermicular, reticulating, broken ridges, assuming a striking resem- blance to arabic writing. The most remarkable peculiarity of the jaw is its segmented character; and of the segments the fossil retains two very nearly perfect ones with portions of two others. Each segment in outline forms an irregular pentahedron ; and each: possesses a single coossified tooth, whose broad surfaces abruptly increase the acclivity of the sides of the jaw. From its general form the fossil might readily be taken for a portion of the lower jaw, but from the fact that no vertebrated animal, neither living nor extinct, has jet been discovered in which the dental branches of the inferior maxilla are segmented, while several genera are known, as he Peele among living fishes, and the 160 LEIDY’S DESCRIPTIONS OF REMAINS OF FISHES FROM Dendrodus of the Old Red Sandstone,* in which the superior maxille@ are segmented, therefore it is a fair inference that the fossil in question is a portion of an upper jaw. The maxillary segments of the fossil are beveled off on each side anteriorly to a nearly acute edge, and are excavated posteriorly, so that the succeeding segments shall fit into those in advance. Lach segment contributes to the sides of the jaw a band- like surface curving from the dental border as far back as the position of the second succeeding tooth, and then turning forward at a nearly right angle to the base of the jaw, so that when the segments are conjoined they appear separated on each side by > like grooves. Near the middle of the anterior margin of the beveled portion of the segments, on both sides there exists an oval foramen, the apparent continuation of a dental canal. The teeth of the fossil are so closely set upon the jaw that the anterior basal angle of those behind passes the contiguous angle of those in advance. Of the portions of four teeth retained in the fossil, two are sufficiently well preserved to obtain some idea of their form when perfect, as represented in the outlines of figure 1, plate 15. In general form they appear to be like those of Charcharodon, but differ in a number of impor- tant characters. They are compressed, conical, with coarsely dentated, trenchant edges. Their two broad sides are symmetrical ; and they curve forward, so that in the restored condition their anterior margin appears to be convex and the posterior margin concave. Their base presents on each side a lobe-like expansion which ex- tends upon the sides of the jaw, so that they look asif they were excavated and fitted upon the dental border of the maxillary segments. The width of the teeth at base is one inch and nine tenths, the thickness in the same position four fifths of an inch, and the probable length is about two inches. The denticles are slightly compressed conical, with trenchant edges, and are nearly two lines long and over one line broad. In structure the teeth are solid and consist of hard dentine. which is however of looser texture toward the centre; and they are invested with smooth, shining enamel, about the one sixth of a line in thickness. The teeth are firmly coossified with the maxillary segments, and indeed their dentinal structure is absolutely continuous with, and undistinguishable by the naked eye from the nearly equally dense ossific structure of the jaw. A careless inspection of the fossil, at its posterior broken border would mislead one to suppose the teeth were inserted by long fangs into the jaw, an appearance which arises from the narrow portion of one fragment, continuous with its tooth, being received into the excavation of the segment in advance. Plate 15, figs. 1, 2.—Views of the two broad surfaces of a fragment of the jaw of Edestus voraz. fig. 3.—Outline view of a vertical section of the jaw. fig. 4.—Outline of transverse section of the teeth, from the same specimen. * Agassiz, Pois. Foss. t. ii, pt, 2, p. 18. Re =. ee 5 me Las ; nA THE CARBONIFEROUS AND DEVONIAN FORMATIONS. — 161 ORACANTHUS, Agassiz. Generic Characters. Dorsal rays very large, compressed conical, with a large interior cavity ; the external surface furnished with oblique and longitudinal rows of tubercles or tuberculated ridges; without posterior rows of denticles. ORACANTHUS veTUSTUS, Leidy. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii. 414. This species is proposed upon an ichthyodorulite or dorsal ray, from the collection of Mr. Timothy Conrad, now forming part of the cabinet of the Academy. The specimen is from Missouri Territory, but the exact locality from which it was obtained is unknown. It is dense, jet black, and heavy; and it has its apex and base broken away. On one side towards the base it is crushed inwardly, and in this position there is a portion of adherent iron gray limestone, with a partially imbedded segment of a crinoidal stem, which Mr. Conrad views as an evi- dence that the dorsal ray was derived from the carboniferous limestone. In several places the ray is fissured ; but the parts appear to have retained their original relation- ship, and the form of the ray is nearly perfect. In its present condition the specimen is five inches long and two and two-thirds of an inch wide at the base ; and its thickest portion is about eight lines. Its form is flattened pyramidal and is curved a little backward and slightly also to one side. The broad sides and posterior margin are thickly covered with mammillary tubercles but the anterior margin is smooth. Between the tubercles the surface is slightly striated. On the right side the tubercles are arranged in rows, irregularly longitudinal, and irregularly oblique in the transverse direction. On the left side they are arranged more regularly in longitudinal rows, and they evince a tendency to become confluent in short transverse rows, which pursue an irregular waving course across the ray. On the posterior margin, which is obtuse, there are several longitudinal rows. The anterior margin of the ray is more obtuse than the posterior; and it narrows towards the base. The thickness of the walls of this ichthyodorulite is not easy to ascertain. The apex of the specimen exhibits a solid bony structure, but the base appears to present thin